1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17876 36878))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17851 10813))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17852 50694))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17851 10852))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17851 10813))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17851 10813))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17856 1487))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17851 10865))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17851 10813))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17851 10866))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17851 10850))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
960 (defvar appt-audible t "\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
965 (defvar appt-visible t "\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
983 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
995 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17851 10813))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1083 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17851
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17851 10814))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17851
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1230 How to quit artist mode
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1235 How to submit a bug report
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17851
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17851 10814))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1459 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1460 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1461 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1463 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1465 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1466 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1467 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1468 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1469 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1470 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1471 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1472 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1473 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1474 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1477 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1478 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1479 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1480 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1481 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1483 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1487 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1488 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1489 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1491 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1492 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1494 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1496 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1497 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1498 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1499 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1500 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1501 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1503 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1509 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1510 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
1511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1513 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1514 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1520 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1521 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17851 10814))
1522 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1524 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1525 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1526 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1530 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1531 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1532 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1533 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1535 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1537 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1538 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1539 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1546 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1548 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1549 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1551 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1552 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1559 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1560 ;;;;;; (17860 50251))
1561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1563 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1564 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1565 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1566 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1567 save the buffer too.
1569 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1571 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1573 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1574 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1575 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1576 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1577 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1578 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1580 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1581 directory or directories specified.
1583 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1585 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1587 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1593 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1594 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1595 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17851 10814))
1596 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1598 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1599 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1601 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1602 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1603 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1604 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1605 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1610 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1612 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1613 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1617 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1618 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1619 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1621 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1622 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1623 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1624 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1625 reflected in the current buffer.
1627 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1628 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1629 writing before you save the file!
1631 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1635 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1636 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1638 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1639 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1643 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1644 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1645 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1648 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1650 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1652 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1653 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1655 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1656 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1657 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1664 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17851 10814))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1667 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1668 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1669 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1671 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1673 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1675 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1684 Effects of the different modes:
1685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1689 a random distance & direction.
1690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1698 definition of \"random distance\".)
1700 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1704 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1705 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
1706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1708 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1709 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1711 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1712 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1716 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1717 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1718 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1719 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1721 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1723 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1725 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1730 ;;;;;; (17851 10815))
1731 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1732 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1734 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1735 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1736 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1737 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1741 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1742 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1743 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1746 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1748 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1750 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1752 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1754 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1762 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17851 10852))
1763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1765 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1766 Time execution of FORMS.
1767 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1768 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1770 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1771 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1772 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1774 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1776 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1777 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1778 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1779 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1780 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1782 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1784 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1785 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1786 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1787 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1788 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17851
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1798 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1799 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1801 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1803 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1804 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1805 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1806 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1808 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1809 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1810 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1811 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1812 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1814 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1815 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1818 Special information:
1820 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1822 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1823 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1824 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1825 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1826 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1827 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1828 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1829 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1830 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1831 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1832 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1834 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1835 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1836 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1837 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1838 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1839 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1840 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1841 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1843 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1845 ----------------------------------------------------------
1846 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1847 if that value is non-nil.
1855 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1856 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1857 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
1858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1860 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1862 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1863 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1864 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1866 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1868 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1869 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1871 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1873 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1874 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1876 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1880 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17851
1882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1884 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1886 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1890 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1891 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1892 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1893 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1894 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1899 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1900 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1903 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1906 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1907 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1909 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1910 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1912 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1913 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1914 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1915 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1916 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1917 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1921 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1923 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1924 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1925 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1926 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1928 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1929 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1930 denoted by the letter `R'.
1932 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1933 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1934 denoted by the letter `H'.
1936 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1939 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1940 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1941 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1942 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1943 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1944 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1947 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1948 degree deflection it causes.
1951 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1954 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1955 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1956 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1957 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1961 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1962 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1965 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1966 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1967 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1968 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1969 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1970 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1971 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1974 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1975 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1976 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1977 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1978 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1979 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1980 emerging from the box.
1982 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1989 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1993 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2000 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2001 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2002 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2003 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17851 10815))
2004 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2005 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2006 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2007 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2009 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2010 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2011 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2012 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2013 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2014 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2015 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2016 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2017 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2018 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2020 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2021 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2026 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2029 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2030 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2031 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2032 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2033 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2034 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2035 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2036 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2039 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2040 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2041 yank successive words.
2043 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2044 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2045 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2046 name of the file being visited.
2048 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2049 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2050 the list of bookmarks.)
2052 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2054 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2055 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2056 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2057 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2058 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2061 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2062 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2063 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2064 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2066 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2068 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2069 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2070 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2071 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2072 after a bookmark was set in it.
2074 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2076 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2077 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2078 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2079 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2083 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2085 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2086 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2087 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2088 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2090 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2091 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2092 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2094 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2095 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2098 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2100 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2101 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2102 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2103 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2104 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2107 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2109 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2110 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2111 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2112 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2113 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2114 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2115 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2116 probably because we were called from there.
2118 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2120 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2121 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2122 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2126 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2127 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2128 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2129 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2132 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2133 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2134 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2135 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2136 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2138 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2139 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2140 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2141 `bookmark-default-file'.
2143 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2145 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2146 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2147 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2148 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2149 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2152 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2153 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2154 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2155 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2156 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2159 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2160 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2161 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2162 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2164 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2166 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2167 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2168 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2169 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2170 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2174 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2176 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2178 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2180 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2184 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2185 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2186 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2187 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2188 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2189 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2190 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2191 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2192 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2193 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17851 10863))
2194 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2196 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2197 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2198 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2199 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2201 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2202 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2203 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2204 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2205 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2207 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2209 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2210 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2212 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2214 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2215 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2217 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2219 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2224 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2225 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2226 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2227 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2228 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2229 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2231 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2233 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2234 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2235 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2236 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2239 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2241 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2242 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2246 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2247 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2249 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2251 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2252 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2253 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2254 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2256 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2258 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2259 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2260 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2261 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2265 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2267 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2268 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2269 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2275 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2276 Default to the URL around or before point.
2278 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2279 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2280 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2281 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2283 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2284 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2287 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2288 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2290 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2292 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2293 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2294 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2295 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2297 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2298 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2299 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2300 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2303 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2304 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2306 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2307 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2322 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2323 new tab in an existing window instead.
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2333 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2336 When called interactively, if variable
2337 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2338 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2339 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2340 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2343 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2344 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2346 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2347 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2350 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2351 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2352 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2353 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2354 URL in a new window.
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2358 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2361 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2369 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2370 new tab in an existing window instead.
2372 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2373 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2375 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2377 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2379 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2380 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2384 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2385 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2397 program is invoked according to the variable
2398 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2400 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2401 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2402 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2403 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2406 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2412 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2413 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2415 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2418 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2419 Default to the URL around or before point.
2421 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2422 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2423 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2427 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2428 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2431 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2435 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point.
2439 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2441 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2442 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2443 Default to the URL around or before point.
2445 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2446 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2447 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2456 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2457 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2464 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2465 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2472 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2475 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2476 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2477 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2484 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point.
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2491 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2492 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2493 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2494 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2499 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2503 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2510 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2511 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2512 don't offer a form of remote control.
2514 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2516 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2517 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2518 Default to the URL around or before point.
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17851
2526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2528 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2529 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2533 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2534 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2540 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2541 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17851 10816))
2542 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2544 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2545 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2546 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2547 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2551 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2552 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2553 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2554 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2558 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2559 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2563 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2564 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2566 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2567 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2568 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2569 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2571 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2572 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2573 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2574 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2575 name of buffer configuration.
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2582 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17851
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2586 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2587 Keymap used by buttons.")
2589 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2590 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2591 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2593 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2594 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2595 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2596 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2597 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2598 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2600 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2601 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2602 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2603 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2605 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2607 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2608 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2609 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2610 specifying properties to add to the button.
2611 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2612 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2613 `define-button-type'.
2615 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2617 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2619 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2620 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2621 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2622 specifying properties to add to the button.
2623 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2624 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2625 `define-button-type'.
2627 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2629 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2631 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2632 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2633 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2634 specifying properties to add to the button.
2635 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2636 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2637 `define-button-type'.
2639 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2640 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2641 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2644 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2646 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2648 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2649 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2650 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2651 specifying properties to add to the button.
2652 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2653 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2654 `define-button-type'.
2656 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2657 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2658 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2659 `insert-text-button'.
2661 Also see `make-text-button'.
2663 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2667 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2668 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2669 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2670 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2671 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17873 60335))
2672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2673 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2674 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2675 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2677 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2682 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2683 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2684 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2686 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2688 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2689 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2690 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2691 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2693 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2694 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2695 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2696 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2697 whether to compile it.
2699 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2701 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2702 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2704 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2705 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2707 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2708 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2709 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2710 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2711 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2712 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2714 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2716 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2717 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2718 Print the result in the echo area.
2719 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2723 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2724 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2725 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2727 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2729 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2730 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2731 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2732 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2733 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2734 all functions called by those functions.
2736 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2737 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2740 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2741 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2742 invoked interactively.
2744 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2746 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2747 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2748 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2749 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2753 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2754 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2755 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2756 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2757 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2758 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2759 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2762 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2764 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2765 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2766 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2767 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2769 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2770 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2771 and corresponding effects.
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17851 10850))
2778 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2780 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2782 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2786 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2787 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
2788 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2790 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2791 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2792 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2793 from the cursor position.
2795 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2799 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2800 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2801 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2802 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
2803 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2805 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2806 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2808 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2809 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2811 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2812 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2816 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2817 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2819 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2821 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2822 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2824 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2826 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2827 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2831 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2832 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2833 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2834 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2836 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2838 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2839 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2840 This is most useful in the X window system.
2841 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2842 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2844 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2846 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2847 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2848 See calc-keypad for details.
2850 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2852 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2853 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2855 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2857 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2858 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2860 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2862 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2863 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2865 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2867 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2868 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2869 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2871 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2873 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2876 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2880 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17871
2882 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2884 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2885 Run the Emacs calculator.
2886 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2892 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2893 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2894 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2895 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2896 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2897 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2898 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2899 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2900 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2901 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2902 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2903 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2904 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2905 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2906 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2907 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2908 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2909 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17851 10851))
2910 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2912 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2913 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2914 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2915 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2918 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2920 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2921 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2922 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2923 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2924 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2925 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2927 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2929 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2930 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2931 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2933 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2935 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2936 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2937 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2939 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2941 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2942 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2943 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2946 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2948 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2949 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2950 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2952 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2954 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2955 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2956 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2958 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2960 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2962 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2963 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2964 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2966 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2969 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2971 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2972 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2973 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2975 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2978 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2980 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2981 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2982 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2984 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2987 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2989 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2990 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2991 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2993 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2995 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2996 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2997 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2998 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2999 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3001 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3003 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3004 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3005 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3006 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3007 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3008 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3009 a function is also provided for this:
3010 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3012 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3013 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3014 date is not visible in the window.
3016 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3017 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3018 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3020 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3022 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3023 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3025 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3026 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3027 date is visible in the window.
3029 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3030 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3031 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3033 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3035 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3036 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3040 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3042 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3044 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3046 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3047 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3049 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3050 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3058 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3059 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3060 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3061 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3062 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3063 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3064 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3065 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3066 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3067 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3068 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3069 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3072 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3073 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3074 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3075 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3083 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3084 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3086 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3087 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3088 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3089 window but will appear in a diary window.
3091 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3092 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3094 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3095 entries (in the default American style):
3097 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3098 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3099 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3101 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3102 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3103 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3104 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3105 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3106 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3107 &* 15 time cards due.
3109 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3110 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3111 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3115 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3116 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3117 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3118 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3119 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3120 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3122 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3123 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3124 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3126 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3128 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3130 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3131 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3132 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3133 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3134 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3135 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3136 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3137 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3138 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3139 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3142 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3143 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3144 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3145 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3146 documentation for these functions for details.
3148 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3149 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3151 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3153 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3154 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3156 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3158 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3159 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3161 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3163 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3164 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3166 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3168 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3169 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3171 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3173 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3174 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3175 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3177 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3179 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3180 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3181 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3183 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3185 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3186 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3187 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3188 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3191 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3193 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3194 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3195 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3196 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3205 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3206 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3207 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3209 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3210 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3211 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3212 `american-calendar'.")
3214 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3216 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3217 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3218 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3220 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3222 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3223 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3224 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3226 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3228 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3229 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3230 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3232 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3234 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3235 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3236 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3238 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3240 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3241 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3242 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3243 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3244 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3245 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3247 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3249 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3250 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3251 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3253 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3254 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3255 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3258 #include \"filename\"
3260 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3261 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3262 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3263 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3264 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3266 For example, you could use
3268 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3269 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3270 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3272 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3273 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3274 lexicographic order.")
3276 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3278 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3279 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3280 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3282 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3284 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3285 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3286 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3289 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3290 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3291 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3292 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3293 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3294 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3295 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3297 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3298 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3299 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3300 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3301 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3302 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3303 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3304 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3306 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3308 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3309 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3310 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3311 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3312 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3313 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3314 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3316 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3318 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3319 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3321 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3322 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3323 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3325 #include \"filename\"
3326 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3327 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3328 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3329 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3330 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3332 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3334 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3335 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3336 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3337 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3338 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3339 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3340 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3342 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3344 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3345 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3346 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3349 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3351 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3352 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3353 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3354 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3355 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3357 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3359 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3361 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3362 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3363 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3365 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3367 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3369 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3371 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3373 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3375 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3377 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3379 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3381 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3383 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3385 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3386 User defined holidays.
3387 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3389 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3391 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3393 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3395 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3397 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3399 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3401 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3403 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3405 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3407 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3409 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3411 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3413 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3415 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3417 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3419 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3421 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3423 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3425 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3427 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3429 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3431 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3433 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3435 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3437 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3439 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3441 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3442 Sun-related holidays.
3443 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3445 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3447 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3449 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3450 The frame setup of the calendar.
3451 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3452 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3453 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3454 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3455 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3457 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3459 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3460 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3461 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3463 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3464 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3468 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3469 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3470 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3472 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3473 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3474 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3475 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3477 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3481 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3482 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17851 10856))
3483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3485 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3486 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3488 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3490 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3491 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3492 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3495 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17851
3501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3502 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3506 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3507 ;;;;;; (17859 56529))
3508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3510 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3511 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3517 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3518 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3519 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3522 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3523 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3524 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3525 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3526 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3527 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3528 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3530 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3532 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3533 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3535 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3536 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3538 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3541 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3542 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3543 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3544 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3545 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3546 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3548 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3550 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3551 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3558 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3559 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3561 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3562 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3563 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3564 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3565 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3566 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3569 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3571 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3572 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3579 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3580 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3581 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3583 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3584 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3585 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3586 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3587 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3588 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3591 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3593 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3594 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3601 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3602 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3603 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3605 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3606 Major mode for editing Java code.
3607 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3608 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3609 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3610 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3613 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3615 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3616 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3623 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3624 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3625 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3627 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3628 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3629 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3630 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3631 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3632 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3635 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3637 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3638 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3645 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3646 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3647 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3648 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3650 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3651 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3652 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3653 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3654 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3655 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3658 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3660 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3661 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3667 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3668 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3669 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3670 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3671 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3672 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3676 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3677 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17851 10867))
3678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3680 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3681 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3682 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3683 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3685 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3687 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3688 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3691 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3692 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3693 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3694 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3697 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3698 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3699 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3700 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3703 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3705 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3706 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3707 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3708 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3710 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3712 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3713 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3714 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3716 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3718 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3719 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3720 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3721 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3722 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3724 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17851
3730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3731 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17854 10614))
3736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3737 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3738 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3739 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3743 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3744 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3745 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
3746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3748 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3749 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3751 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3753 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3754 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3756 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3758 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3759 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3761 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3762 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3763 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3764 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3767 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3769 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3771 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3772 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3774 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3775 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3779 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3780 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3781 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3782 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3783 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3786 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3787 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3788 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3789 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3791 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3792 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3795 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3797 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3799 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3802 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3803 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3805 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3806 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3807 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3810 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3812 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3813 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3814 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3816 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3818 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3820 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3821 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3823 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3827 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3829 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3831 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3832 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3835 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3836 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3839 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3841 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3842 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3843 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3844 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3845 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3846 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3847 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3848 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3849 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3850 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3851 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3852 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3853 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3854 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3855 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3856 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3859 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3860 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3862 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3863 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3865 | (write EXPRESSION)
3866 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3867 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3870 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3873 ;; Same as: (write string)
3875 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3876 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3877 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3880 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3881 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3882 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3883 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3884 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3885 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3887 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3888 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3890 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3893 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3894 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3895 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3897 ARG := REG | integer
3900 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3903 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3906 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3909 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3910 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3913 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3914 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3915 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3918 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3919 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3920 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3923 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3924 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3926 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3927 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3928 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3931 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3932 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3935 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3936 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3938 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3941 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3945 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3946 ;; Same meaning as C code
3947 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3949 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3954 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3955 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3958 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3959 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3963 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3967 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3968 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3969 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3971 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3972 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3973 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3975 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3976 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3977 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3978 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3979 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3982 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3984 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3985 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3986 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3987 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3988 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3989 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3991 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3993 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3994 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3995 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3997 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3999 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4003 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4004 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
4005 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4007 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4008 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4009 There are no special keybindings by default.
4011 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4012 to the action header.
4018 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4019 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4020 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4021 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4024 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4025 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4026 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
4027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4029 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4030 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4031 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4032 the users will view as each check is completed.
4036 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4037 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4038 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4039 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4040 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4041 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4042 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4043 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4045 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4047 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4048 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4049 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4050 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4051 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4052 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4053 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4054 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4056 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4058 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4059 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4060 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4061 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4062 spacing are all verified.
4066 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4067 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4068 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4069 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4070 otherwise stop after the first error.
4072 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4074 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4075 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4076 Only documentation strings are checked.
4077 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4078 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4081 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4083 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4084 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4085 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4086 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4087 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4089 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4091 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4092 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4093 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4094 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4097 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4099 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4100 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4101 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4102 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4104 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4106 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4108 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4109 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4110 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4112 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4114 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4115 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4116 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4117 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4118 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4122 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4123 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4124 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4125 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4126 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4127 space at the end of each line.
4129 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4131 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4132 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4133 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4134 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4136 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4138 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4139 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4140 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4141 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4143 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4147 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4148 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4150 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4152 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4153 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4154 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4155 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4157 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4159 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4160 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4161 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4162 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4164 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4166 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4167 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4168 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4169 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4171 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4173 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4174 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4175 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4176 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4178 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4180 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4181 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4182 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4183 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4185 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4187 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4188 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4189 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4190 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4192 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4194 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4195 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4196 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4198 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4199 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4200 checking of documentation strings.
4202 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4208 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4209 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17851
4211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4213 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4214 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4215 Return the length of resulting text.
4217 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4219 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4220 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4224 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4225 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4226 Return the length of resulting text.
4228 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4230 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4231 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4237 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4238 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17851 10817))
4239 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4241 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4242 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4243 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4244 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4245 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4246 editing and the result is evaluated.
4248 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4250 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4251 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4252 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4253 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4254 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4256 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4260 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4261 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4262 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4263 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4264 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4266 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4267 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4268 \\{command-history-map}
4270 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4271 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17851 10852))
4278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4280 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4281 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4282 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4283 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4284 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4285 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4287 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4288 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4292 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4293 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
4294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4296 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4299 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4303 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4304 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
4305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4307 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4308 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4309 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4310 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4312 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4313 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4314 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4315 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4317 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4318 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4320 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4324 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17851
4326 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4328 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4329 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4330 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4331 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4332 of `scheme-program-name').
4333 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4334 it is given as initial input.
4335 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4336 discards input when it starts up.
4337 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4339 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4342 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4346 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4347 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
4348 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4350 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4351 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4352 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4353 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4354 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4356 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4358 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4359 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4360 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4361 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4366 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4367 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4368 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4369 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4370 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4371 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4406 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4407 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4408 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17851 10860))
4409 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4411 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4412 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4413 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4416 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4417 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4418 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4419 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4421 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4423 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4424 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4425 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4427 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4429 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4430 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4431 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4433 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4435 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4436 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4437 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4439 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4441 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4442 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4444 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4445 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4446 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4448 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4449 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4453 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4454 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4456 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4457 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4458 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4460 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4464 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4465 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4466 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4467 ;;;;;; (17856 42110))
4468 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4470 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4471 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4472 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4473 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4474 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4475 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4476 functions have already modified the buffer.
4478 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4480 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4481 either globally or locally.")
4483 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4485 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4486 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4487 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4488 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4489 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4490 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4491 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4492 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4494 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4496 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4498 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4499 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4500 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4501 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4502 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4503 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4504 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4505 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4507 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4509 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4511 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4512 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4513 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4514 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4515 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4516 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4518 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4520 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4521 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4522 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4523 directory tracking functions.")
4525 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4526 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4527 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4529 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4531 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4533 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4534 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4535 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4537 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4539 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4541 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4542 Send COMMAND to current process.
4543 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4544 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4546 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4548 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4549 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4550 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4551 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4553 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4557 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17851
4559 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4561 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4562 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4563 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4564 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4566 This command pushes the mark in each window
4567 at the prior location of point in that window.
4568 If both windows display the same buffer,
4569 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4570 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4572 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4573 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4574 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4575 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4576 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4577 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4578 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4581 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4582 this command work in interlaced mode:
4583 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4584 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4585 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4587 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4591 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4592 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4593 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4594 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4595 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17851 10867))
4596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4598 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4599 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4601 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4603 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4604 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4606 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4608 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4609 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4610 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4611 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4612 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4613 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4614 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4616 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4617 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4618 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4619 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4620 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4622 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4623 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4624 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4625 describing how the process finished.")
4627 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4628 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4629 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4630 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4632 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4633 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4634 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4636 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4638 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4639 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4640 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4641 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4643 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4645 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4646 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4648 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4649 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4651 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4653 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4654 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4655 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4656 (concat \"make -k \"
4657 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4659 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4660 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4662 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4663 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4664 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4665 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4667 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4669 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4670 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4671 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4672 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4674 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4675 and move to the source code that caused it.
4677 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4678 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4680 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4681 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4682 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4683 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4685 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4686 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4687 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4688 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4691 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4692 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4693 to a function that generates a unique name.
4695 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4697 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4698 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4699 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4700 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4702 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4703 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4704 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4705 to determine the buffer name.
4707 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4708 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4709 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4711 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4713 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4715 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4716 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4717 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4718 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4719 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4721 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4723 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4725 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4727 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4728 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4729 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4730 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4731 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4732 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4733 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4737 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4738 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4739 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4740 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4741 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4742 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4746 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4747 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4748 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4750 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4752 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4756 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4757 ;;;;;; (17851 10818))
4758 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4760 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4761 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4762 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4764 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4765 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4767 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4769 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4770 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4771 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4773 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4774 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4775 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4776 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4778 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4779 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4780 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4781 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4783 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4784 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4785 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4786 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4788 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4789 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4790 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4791 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4792 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4798 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4799 ;;;;;; (17851 10818))
4800 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4802 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4803 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4804 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4807 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4809 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4811 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4812 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4818 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4819 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4820 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4821 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17851 10818))
4822 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4824 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4825 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4826 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4827 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4830 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4832 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4833 | | 1:tc or top-center
4834 | | 2:tr or top-right
4835 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4836 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4837 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4838 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4839 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4840 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4842 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4843 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4844 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4845 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4848 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4849 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4850 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4852 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4856 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4860 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4863 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4864 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4865 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4866 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4868 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4870 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4871 Compose characters in the current region.
4873 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4874 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4876 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4878 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4879 specifying the region.
4881 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4882 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4883 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4885 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4886 of the text in the region.
4888 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4890 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4891 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4892 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4893 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4895 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4896 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4899 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4900 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4901 text in the composition.
4903 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4905 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4906 Decompose text in the current region.
4908 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4909 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4911 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4913 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4914 Compose characters in string STRING.
4916 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4917 the characters in it.
4919 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4920 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4921 STRING respectively.
4923 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4924 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4925 `compose-region' for more detail.
4927 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4928 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4929 text in the composition.
4931 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4933 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4934 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4936 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4938 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4939 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4940 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4941 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4942 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4943 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4944 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4945 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4947 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4949 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4950 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4952 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4953 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4955 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4956 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4958 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4959 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4961 If no composition is found, return nil.
4963 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4964 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4966 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4967 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4968 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4970 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4972 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4974 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4975 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4976 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4978 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4980 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4982 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4984 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4985 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4987 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4988 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4989 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4990 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4991 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4992 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4993 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4996 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4998 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4999 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5001 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5003 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5004 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5006 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5008 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5010 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5011 Compose last characters.
5012 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5013 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5014 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5015 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5016 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5017 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5018 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5019 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5020 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5021 after a sequence of character events.
5024 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5026 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5027 Convert CHAR to string.
5029 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5030 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5031 vector of CHAR respectively.
5032 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5034 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5036 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5040 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5041 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5042 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5043 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
5044 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5046 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5047 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5048 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5049 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5050 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5051 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5052 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5054 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5055 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5056 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5058 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5059 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5060 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5062 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5063 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5064 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5065 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5067 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5068 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5069 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5070 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5071 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5072 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5073 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5079 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5080 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5081 Comments start with `#'.
5082 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5084 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5094 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5095 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5096 Comments start with `;'.
5097 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5099 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5101 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5102 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5103 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5105 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5106 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5110 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5111 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5112 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5113 between `/*' and `*/'.
5114 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5116 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5117 // another kind of comment
5129 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5130 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5131 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5132 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5133 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5134 `conf-space-keywords'.
5135 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5136 in an interactive fashion instead.
5138 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5140 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5142 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5146 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5148 # Standard multimedia devices
5149 add /dev/audio desktop
5150 add /dev/mixer desktop
5154 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5155 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5156 See `conf-space-mode'.
5158 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5160 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5161 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5162 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5163 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5165 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5167 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5168 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5172 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5173 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5174 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5175 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5177 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5179 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5180 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5184 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5185 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5186 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5187 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5189 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5198 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5199 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17851 10865))
5200 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5202 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5203 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5204 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5205 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5207 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5209 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5210 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5211 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5212 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5214 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5216 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5217 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5218 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5219 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5221 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5223 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5224 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5226 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5230 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5231 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17851 10852))
5232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5234 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5235 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5236 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5237 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5238 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5239 following the copyright are updated as well.
5240 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5243 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5245 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5246 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5247 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5251 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5252 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5254 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5258 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5259 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17851 10867))
5260 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5262 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5263 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5264 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5265 Tab indents for Perl code.
5266 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5267 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5269 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5270 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5271 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5272 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5273 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5274 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5275 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5276 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5277 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5278 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5279 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5280 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5282 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5284 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5285 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5287 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5289 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5290 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5291 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5292 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5293 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5294 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5295 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5296 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5297 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5299 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5303 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5304 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5305 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5308 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5309 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5310 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5312 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5314 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5315 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5316 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5317 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5318 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5320 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5330 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5331 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5332 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5333 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5334 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5335 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5336 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5337 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5338 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5339 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5340 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5341 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5342 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5344 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5345 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5346 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5347 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5348 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5349 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5351 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5352 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5355 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5356 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5357 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5358 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5359 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5361 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5362 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5363 span the needed amount of lines.
5365 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5366 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5367 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5368 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5370 Variables controlling indentation style:
5371 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5372 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5373 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5374 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5375 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5376 `cperl-auto-newline'
5377 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5378 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5379 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5380 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5381 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5382 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5383 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5384 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5385 `cperl-indent-level'
5386 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5387 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5388 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5389 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5390 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5391 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5392 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5393 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5394 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5395 `cperl-brace-offset'
5396 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5397 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5398 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5399 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5400 `cperl-label-offset'
5401 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5402 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5403 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5405 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5406 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5407 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5408 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5409 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5410 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5412 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5413 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5414 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5415 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5417 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5418 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5419 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5420 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5421 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5422 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5424 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5425 column 0 is indented on
5426 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5428 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5431 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5432 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5433 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5437 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5438 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5442 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5443 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5449 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5450 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
5451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5453 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5454 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5455 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5456 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5457 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5461 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5462 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5468 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5469 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
5470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5472 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5473 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5474 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5475 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5477 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5478 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5480 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5482 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5483 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5484 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5488 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5492 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5493 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
5494 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5496 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5497 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5498 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5499 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5501 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5502 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5503 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5504 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5506 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5507 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5508 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5510 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5511 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5514 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5515 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5516 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5518 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5520 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5521 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5522 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5524 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5528 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5529 ;;;;;; (17853 23392))
5530 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5532 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5533 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5534 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5537 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5539 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5541 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5542 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5543 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5544 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5545 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5547 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5548 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5549 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5550 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5551 function of these prefix keys.
5553 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5554 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5556 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5557 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5558 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5560 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5561 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5562 the prefix fallback behavior.
5564 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5565 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5566 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5567 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5571 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5572 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5575 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5576 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5577 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5578 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5579 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5580 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5581 (if user-init-file (concat
5582 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5583 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5587 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5588 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5589 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5590 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5591 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5592 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5593 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5594 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5595 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5596 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5597 ;;;;;; (17851 10819))
5598 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5600 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5601 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5603 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5605 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5606 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5608 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5610 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5611 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5613 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5614 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5616 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5617 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5619 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5620 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5622 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5623 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5625 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5627 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5629 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5630 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5631 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5633 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5634 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5636 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5637 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5639 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5640 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5642 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5643 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5645 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5647 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5649 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5650 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5653 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5654 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5656 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5657 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5659 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5660 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5662 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5663 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5665 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5667 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5669 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5670 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5671 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5672 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5673 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5677 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5678 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5679 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5680 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5684 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5685 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5689 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5690 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5694 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5696 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5697 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5699 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5701 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5703 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5704 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5705 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5707 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5709 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5710 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5711 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5712 as part of Emacs itself.
5714 Each elements looks like this:
5716 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5718 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5719 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5720 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5721 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5722 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5723 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5724 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5727 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5729 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5730 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5731 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5732 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5733 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5735 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5736 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5737 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5738 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5740 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5742 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5743 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5744 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5745 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5746 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5748 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5749 that were added or redefined since that version.
5751 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5753 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5754 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5755 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5756 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5758 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5759 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5761 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5763 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5764 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5765 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5767 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5768 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5770 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5772 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5773 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5777 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5778 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5782 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5783 Customize all already saved user options.
5787 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5788 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5789 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5790 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5791 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5792 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5793 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5794 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5796 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5798 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5799 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5800 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5801 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5803 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5805 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5806 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5808 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5810 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5811 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5813 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5815 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5816 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5817 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5818 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5819 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5822 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5824 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5825 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5826 The result includes selecting that window.
5827 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5828 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5829 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5832 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5834 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5835 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5837 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5839 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5840 File used for storing customization information.
5841 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5842 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5843 it should be an absolute file name.
5845 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5846 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5847 something like the following in your init file:
5849 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5852 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5853 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5855 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5856 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5857 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5858 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5859 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5861 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5862 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5863 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5864 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5865 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5866 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5867 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5868 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5869 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5870 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5872 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5874 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5875 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5879 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5880 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5884 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5885 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5886 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5888 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5890 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5891 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5892 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5893 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5894 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5896 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5900 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5901 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17851 10821))
5902 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5904 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5905 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5907 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5909 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5910 Alist of face attributes.
5912 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5913 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5914 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5915 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5916 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5917 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5919 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5920 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5921 customization type TYPE).
5923 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5924 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5925 given face attribute.")
5927 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5928 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5929 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5930 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5932 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5934 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5935 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5936 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5937 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5938 between themes and faces.
5939 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5941 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5942 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5944 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5946 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5947 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5948 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5952 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5954 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5956 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5957 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5958 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5960 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5964 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5966 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5970 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5971 ;;;;;; (17851 10821))
5972 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5974 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5975 Create a custom theme.
5981 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5982 ;;;;;; (17851 10822))
5983 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5985 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5986 Mode used for cvs status output.
5992 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5993 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17860 50288))
5994 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5996 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5997 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5999 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6000 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6001 C++ modes are included.
6003 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6007 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6010 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6011 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6015 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6016 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6017 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6018 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6019 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6020 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6022 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6024 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6025 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6026 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6027 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6028 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6034 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6035 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6036 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
6037 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6039 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6040 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6042 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6044 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6045 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6047 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6049 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6050 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6051 For readability, the table is slightly
6052 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6054 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6055 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6056 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6057 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6058 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6060 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6065 ;;;;;; (17851 10822))
6066 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6067 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6068 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6070 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6071 Completion on current word.
6072 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6073 and presents suggestions for completion.
6075 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6076 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6079 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6080 then it searches *all* buffers.
6082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6084 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6085 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6087 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6088 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6089 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6090 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6091 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6093 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6094 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6096 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6097 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6098 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6100 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6101 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6103 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6109 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17851
6111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6113 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6114 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6116 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6117 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6118 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6120 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6121 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6122 Data lines are not indented.
6127 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6129 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6130 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6131 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6132 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6134 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6137 Extra indentation within blocks.
6139 dcl-continuation-offset
6140 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6143 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6145 dcl-margin-label-offset
6146 Indentation for a label.
6148 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6149 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6151 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6152 dcl-block-end-regexp
6153 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6154 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6155 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6156 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6157 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6159 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6160 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6161 Two such functions are included in the package:
6162 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6163 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6165 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6166 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6167 One such function is included in the package:
6168 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6170 dcl-tab-always-indent
6171 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6172 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6175 dcl-electric-characters
6176 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6179 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6180 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6181 which words trigger electric indentation.
6184 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6185 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6186 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6188 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6189 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6190 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6191 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6193 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6194 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6195 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6196 dcl-imenu-label-call
6197 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6199 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6200 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6201 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6202 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6205 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6207 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6208 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6209 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6211 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6212 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6216 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6217 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6218 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6219 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6220 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6221 \"lined up with the command line\"
6223 Data lines are not indented at all.
6224 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6229 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6230 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6236 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6237 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17851 10852))
6238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6240 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6242 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6243 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6244 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6247 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6248 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6249 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6251 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6253 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6254 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6256 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6258 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6259 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6260 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6261 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6262 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6263 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6265 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6266 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6268 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6270 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6271 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6272 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6273 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6274 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6276 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6280 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6281 ;;;;;; (17851 10865))
6282 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6284 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6285 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6289 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6290 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6291 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6292 Upper-case letters are commands.
6294 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6297 The most useful commands are:
6298 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6299 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6300 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6301 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6302 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6303 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6309 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6310 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17851
6312 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6314 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6315 Customization of `columns' group.
6319 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6320 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6322 START and END delimits the text region.
6324 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6326 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6327 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6329 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6331 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6335 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17851
6337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6339 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6340 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6341 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6342 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6343 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6344 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6346 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6350 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6351 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6352 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6353 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6354 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6355 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6356 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6357 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6358 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6359 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6360 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6361 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6363 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6364 Directories to search when finding external units.
6365 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6366 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6370 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6371 Face used to color delphi comments.
6372 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6373 Face used to color delphi strings.
6374 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6375 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6376 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6377 Face used to color everything else.
6379 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6380 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6382 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6386 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17851
6388 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6390 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6392 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6393 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6394 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6396 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6397 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6399 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6401 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6402 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6403 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6406 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6407 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6408 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6415 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6416 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17851 10852))
6417 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6419 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6420 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6422 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6424 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6425 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6426 or nil if there is no parent.
6427 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6428 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6429 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6430 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6431 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6433 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6434 arguments are currently understood:
6436 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6437 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6439 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6440 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6442 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6443 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6445 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6447 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6449 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6450 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6451 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6453 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6454 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6456 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6457 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6458 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6460 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6461 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6463 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6464 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6466 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6468 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6470 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6471 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6472 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6473 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6474 the first time the mode is used.
6476 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6480 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6481 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17875 14312))
6482 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6484 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6485 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6486 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6487 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6488 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6491 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6493 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6494 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6495 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6496 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6497 character composition information (if relevant),
6498 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6504 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6505 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6506 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6507 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17851 10822))
6508 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6510 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6511 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6512 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6514 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6516 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6517 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6518 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6519 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6520 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6521 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6525 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6526 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6527 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6528 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6530 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6532 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6533 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6534 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6536 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6537 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6538 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6540 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6541 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6543 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6544 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6545 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6547 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6548 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6549 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6550 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6552 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6554 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6555 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6557 Handlers are called with argument list
6559 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6561 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6563 desktop-file-version
6564 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6565 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6566 desktop-buffer-point
6568 desktop-buffer-read-only
6569 desktop-buffer-locals
6571 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6572 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6574 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6577 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6579 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6580 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6582 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6584 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6586 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6587 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6588 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6589 List elements must have the form
6591 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6593 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6596 Handlers are called with argument list
6598 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6600 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6602 desktop-file-version
6603 desktop-buffer-file-name
6605 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6606 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6607 desktop-buffer-point
6609 desktop-buffer-read-only
6612 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6613 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6616 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6619 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6621 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6622 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6624 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6626 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6628 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6630 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6632 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6633 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6634 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6638 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6639 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6640 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6641 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6643 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6645 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6646 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6647 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6651 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6652 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6653 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6654 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6655 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6656 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6657 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6658 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6660 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6662 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6663 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6664 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6668 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6669 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6670 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6671 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6674 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6676 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6677 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6681 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6682 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6688 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6689 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6690 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17851 10856))
6691 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6693 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6694 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6695 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6696 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6697 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6698 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6700 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6702 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6703 Repair a broken attribution line.
6704 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6706 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6708 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6709 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6710 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6711 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6713 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6715 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6716 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6722 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6723 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17851 10861))
6724 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6726 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6728 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6731 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6733 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6740 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6741 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17851 10852))
6742 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6744 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6745 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6746 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6747 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6748 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6752 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6753 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6754 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6755 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6757 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6758 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6759 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6760 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6763 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6765 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6766 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6767 european-calendar-style t \\
6768 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6769 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6770 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6772 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6773 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6774 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6775 to run it every morning at 1am.
6777 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6779 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6780 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6786 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6787 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17851 10822))
6788 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6790 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6791 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6793 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6795 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6796 *The command to use to run diff.")
6798 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6800 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6801 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6802 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6803 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6804 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6805 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6807 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6809 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6810 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6811 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6812 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6813 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6814 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6816 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6820 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6821 ;;;;;; (17867 21034))
6822 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6824 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6825 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6826 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6828 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6829 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6830 headers for you on-the-fly.
6832 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6833 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6834 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6839 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6840 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6841 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6847 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6848 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6849 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6850 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6851 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17852 50694))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6854 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6855 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6856 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6857 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6858 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6859 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6860 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6861 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6863 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6865 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6866 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6868 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6869 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6870 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6871 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6872 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6874 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6875 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6877 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6878 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6879 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6880 always set this variable to t.")
6882 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6884 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6885 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6886 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6887 A value of t means move to first file.")
6889 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6891 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6892 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6893 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6894 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6895 are afterward marked with that character.")
6897 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6899 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6900 *Controls marking of copied files.
6901 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6902 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6904 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6906 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6907 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6908 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6909 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6911 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6913 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6914 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6915 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6916 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6918 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6920 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6921 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6922 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6923 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6925 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6927 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6929 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6930 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6931 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6933 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6935 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6936 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6937 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6938 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6939 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6940 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6942 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6943 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6944 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6945 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6946 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6947 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6948 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6949 list of files to make directory entries for.
6950 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6951 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6952 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6953 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6955 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6957 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6958 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6960 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6961 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6963 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6964 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6966 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6967 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6969 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6971 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6972 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6974 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6976 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6977 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6978 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6979 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6980 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6981 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6982 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6983 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6984 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6985 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6986 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6987 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6988 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6989 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6990 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6991 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6992 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6993 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6994 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6995 to see why something went wrong.
6996 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6997 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6998 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6999 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7000 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7001 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7002 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7003 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7004 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7005 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7006 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7007 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7008 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7010 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7011 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7012 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7013 again for the directory tree.
7015 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7018 `dired-listing-switches'
7019 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7020 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7023 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7024 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7025 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7026 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7028 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7030 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7031 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7038 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7039 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7043 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7044 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7045 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7046 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7047 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7048 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7049 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7050 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7051 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7052 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7053 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7054 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7055 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7056 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17859 27906))
7057 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7059 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7060 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7061 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7062 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7063 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7064 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7065 which is options for `diff'.
7067 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7069 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7070 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7071 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7072 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7073 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7074 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7076 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7078 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7079 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7080 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7081 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7082 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7083 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7084 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7086 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7088 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7089 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7090 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7091 returned by function `file-attributes'
7093 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7094 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7096 Examples of PREDICATE:
7098 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7099 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7100 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7101 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7102 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7104 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7106 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7107 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7108 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7112 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7113 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7117 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7118 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7122 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7123 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7130 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7131 `lpr-switches' as default.
7133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7135 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7136 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7137 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7138 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7139 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7141 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7142 with a prefix argument.
7146 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7147 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7148 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7149 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7150 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7152 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7153 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7155 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7156 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7157 file name substituted for `?'.
7159 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7160 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7162 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7163 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7164 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7165 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7167 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7169 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7170 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7171 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7173 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7174 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7177 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7178 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7179 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7181 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7183 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7186 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7188 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7189 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7190 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7191 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7192 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7193 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7194 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7195 from the buffer as well.
7196 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7197 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7198 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7200 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7202 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7205 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7207 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7210 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7212 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7213 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7217 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7218 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7222 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7223 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7227 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7228 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7229 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7230 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7232 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7233 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7234 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7235 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7236 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7237 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7238 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7240 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7242 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7245 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7247 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7250 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7252 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7253 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7255 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7257 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7260 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7262 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7265 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7267 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7268 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7270 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7272 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7273 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7274 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7275 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7276 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7277 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7278 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7279 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7280 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7282 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7287 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7288 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7289 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7290 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7291 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7292 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7293 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7294 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7296 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7301 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7302 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7303 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7304 and new hard links are made in that directory
7305 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7306 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7307 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7311 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7312 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7313 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7314 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7315 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7316 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7317 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7321 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7322 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7324 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7325 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7326 file if none are marked.
7328 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7329 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7330 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7331 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7333 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7334 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7336 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7338 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7339 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7340 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7342 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7344 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7345 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7346 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7348 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7350 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7351 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7352 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7354 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7356 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7361 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7362 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7366 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7367 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7368 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7369 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7370 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7371 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7373 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7375 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7376 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7377 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7378 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7379 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7380 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7381 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7383 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7385 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7386 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7387 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7388 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7389 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7390 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7392 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7394 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7396 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7397 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7398 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7400 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7402 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7403 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7404 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7405 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7409 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7410 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7411 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7412 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7416 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7417 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7418 Lower levels are unaffected.
7420 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7422 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7423 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7427 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7428 Go down in the dired tree.
7432 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7433 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7434 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7435 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7439 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7440 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7441 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7442 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7446 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7447 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7448 Stops when a match is found.
7449 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7451 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7453 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7454 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7455 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7456 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7457 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7459 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7461 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7462 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7463 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7464 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7466 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7470 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7471 ;;;;;; (17859 56528))
7472 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7474 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7475 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7476 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7477 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7478 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7479 buffer and try again.
7481 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7483 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7484 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7485 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7486 This creates relative symbolic links like
7490 not absolute ones like
7492 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7494 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7500 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17851 10823))
7501 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7503 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7504 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7505 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7507 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7509 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7510 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7512 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7513 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7515 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7519 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17851
7521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7523 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7524 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7525 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7526 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7527 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7528 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7530 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7534 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7535 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7536 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7537 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7538 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7539 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17875 14312))
7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7542 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7543 Return a new, empty display table.
7547 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7548 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7549 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7550 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7551 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7553 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7555 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7556 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7557 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7558 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7559 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7561 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7563 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7564 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7568 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7569 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7573 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7574 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7578 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7579 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7583 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7584 Display character C using printable string S.
7588 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7589 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7590 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7591 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7593 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7595 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7596 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7597 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7600 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7602 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7603 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7605 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7607 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7608 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7610 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7612 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7613 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7615 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7617 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7618 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7620 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7622 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7623 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7625 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7627 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7628 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7630 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7631 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7632 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7633 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7635 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7636 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7637 European character display.
7639 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7640 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7641 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7642 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7644 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7645 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7646 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7647 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7648 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7654 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7655 ;;;;;; (17851 10865))
7656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7658 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7659 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7660 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7661 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7662 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7663 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7664 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7671 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17851 10823))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7674 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7675 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7676 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7677 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7678 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7679 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7681 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7682 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7683 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7684 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7685 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7687 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7691 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7692 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17851 10872))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7695 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7696 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7697 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7698 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7699 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7700 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7701 table and its own syntax table.
7703 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7706 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7708 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7709 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7712 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7716 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17851 10865))
7717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7719 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7720 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7726 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7727 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
7728 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7730 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7732 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7733 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7735 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7737 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7739 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7741 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7742 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7748 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17851 10865))
7749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7751 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7752 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7759 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7762 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7763 Play sounds in message buffers.
7769 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7770 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7771 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17860 50311))
7772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7774 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7776 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7777 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7778 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7779 and toggle command MODE.
7781 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7782 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7783 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7784 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7785 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7786 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7787 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7788 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7791 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7792 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7793 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7794 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7795 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7796 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7797 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7798 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7799 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7800 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7801 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7802 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7803 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7804 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7805 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7806 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7807 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7809 For example, you could write
7810 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7811 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7814 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7816 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7818 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7820 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7821 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7822 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7823 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7824 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7825 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7826 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7827 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7828 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7829 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7830 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7831 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7833 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7834 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7835 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7836 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7837 call another major mode in their body.
7839 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7841 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7842 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7843 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7844 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7845 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7846 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7847 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7849 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7851 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7854 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7856 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7857 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7858 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7860 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7864 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7865 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17851
7867 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7869 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7871 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7872 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7874 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7875 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7876 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7878 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7879 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7883 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7884 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7888 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7889 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7893 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7894 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7896 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7898 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7900 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7902 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7903 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7905 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7906 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7908 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7910 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7912 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7916 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7917 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7918 computed automatically.
7919 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7923 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7925 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7926 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7927 keyboard equivalent.
7931 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7932 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7936 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7937 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7941 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7942 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7946 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7950 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7951 radio: A radio button.
7952 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7953 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7955 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7959 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7960 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7964 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7966 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7967 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7968 as a solid horizontal line.
7970 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7972 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7974 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7977 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7979 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7980 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7981 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7982 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7984 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7986 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7987 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7988 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7989 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7990 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7991 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7993 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7994 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7995 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7997 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7998 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7999 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8001 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8002 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8004 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8008 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8009 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8010 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8011 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8012 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8013 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8014 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8015 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17859 56529))
8016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8018 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8019 Customization for ebnf group.
8023 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8024 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8026 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8028 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8031 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8033 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8035 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8036 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8038 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8039 killed after process termination.
8041 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8043 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8045 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8046 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8048 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8049 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8052 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8053 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8054 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8055 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8057 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8059 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8060 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8061 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8063 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8065 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8066 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8068 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8070 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8073 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8075 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8077 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8078 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8080 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8081 killed after process termination.
8083 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8085 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8087 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8088 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8089 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8090 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8092 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8096 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8097 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8098 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8100 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8102 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8104 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8105 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8107 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8109 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8112 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8114 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8116 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8117 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8119 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8120 killed after EPS generation.
8122 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8124 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8126 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8127 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8129 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8130 The EPS file name has the following form:
8132 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8134 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8135 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8137 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8138 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8139 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8140 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8141 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8143 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8148 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8149 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8151 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8152 The EPS file name has the following form:
8154 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8156 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8157 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8159 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8160 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8161 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8162 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8163 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8165 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8168 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8170 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8172 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8173 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8175 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8177 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8180 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8182 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8184 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8185 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8187 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8188 killed after syntax checking.
8190 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8192 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8194 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8195 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8199 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8200 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8202 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8204 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8205 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8209 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8210 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8212 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8214 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8216 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8219 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8223 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8224 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8226 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8228 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8230 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8231 Set STYLE as the current style.
8233 Returns the old style symbol.
8235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8239 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Reset current style.
8242 Returns the old style symbol.
8244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8246 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8248 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8249 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8251 Returns the old style symbol.
8253 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8255 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8257 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8259 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8260 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8262 Returns the old style symbol.
8264 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8266 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8272 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8273 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8274 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8275 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8276 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8277 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8278 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8279 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8280 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8281 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8282 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17838
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8286 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8287 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8288 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8289 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8290 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8291 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8293 Tree mode key bindings:
8294 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8298 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8299 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8303 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8304 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8306 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8310 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8311 View declaration of member at point.
8315 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8316 Find declaration of member at point.
8320 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8321 View definition of member at point.
8325 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8326 Find definition of member at point.
8330 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8331 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8335 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8336 View definition of member at point in other window.
8340 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8341 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8345 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8346 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8350 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8351 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8355 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8356 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8360 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8361 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8362 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8363 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8366 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8368 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8369 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8370 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8371 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8373 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8375 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8376 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8377 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8378 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8380 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8382 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8383 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8384 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8386 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8388 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8389 Search for call sites of a member.
8390 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8391 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8392 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8393 looks like a function call to the member.
8395 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8397 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8398 Move backward in the position stack.
8399 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8403 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8404 Move forward in the position stack.
8405 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8409 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8410 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8414 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8415 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8419 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8420 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8421 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8422 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8424 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8426 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8427 Display statistics for a class tree.
8433 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8434 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8435 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8437 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8438 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8439 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8440 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8442 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8443 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8444 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8446 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8447 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8448 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8450 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8452 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8458 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8459 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17851 10823))
8460 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8462 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8463 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8464 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8466 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8470 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8471 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8472 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17851 10852))
8473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8475 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8476 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8477 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8478 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8479 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8481 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8482 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8483 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8484 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8486 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8488 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8489 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8490 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8491 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8493 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8495 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8496 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8497 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8498 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8500 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8502 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8504 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8505 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8506 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8507 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8508 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8510 If you do this on a function definition
8511 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8512 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8513 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8514 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8516 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8517 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8518 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8519 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8524 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8525 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8529 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8530 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8536 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8537 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8538 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8539 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8540 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8541 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8542 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8543 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8544 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8545 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17851 39450))
8546 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8548 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8549 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8551 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8553 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8554 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8556 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8558 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8560 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8563 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8564 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8565 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8569 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8570 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8572 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8574 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8576 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8577 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8579 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8581 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8583 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8584 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8585 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8586 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8588 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8590 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8592 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8594 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8595 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8597 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8599 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8601 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8602 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8603 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8604 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8606 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8608 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8610 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8611 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8612 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8613 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8615 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8617 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8619 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8620 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8621 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8622 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8623 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8624 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8626 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8628 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8629 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8630 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8631 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8633 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8635 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8637 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8638 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8639 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8640 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8642 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8644 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8646 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8648 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8649 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8650 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8652 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8653 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8655 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8657 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8658 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8659 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8661 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8662 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8664 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8666 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8667 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8668 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8669 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8670 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8672 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8674 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8675 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8676 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8677 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8678 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8679 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8681 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8683 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8685 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8686 Merge two files without ancestor.
8688 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8690 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8691 Merge two files with ancestor.
8693 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8695 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8697 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8698 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8700 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8702 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8703 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8705 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8707 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8708 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8709 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8712 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8714 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8715 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8716 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8719 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8721 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8722 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8723 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8724 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8728 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8729 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8730 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8731 and don't ask the user.
8732 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8733 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8735 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8737 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8738 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8739 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8740 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8741 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8742 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8743 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8744 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8746 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8748 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8750 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8752 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8753 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8754 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8755 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8756 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8758 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8760 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8762 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8763 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8764 When called interactively, displays the version.
8768 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8769 Display Ediff's manual.
8770 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8772 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8777 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8780 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17851 10823))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8790 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8791 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8793 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8795 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8799 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8800 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8803 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8804 Display Ediff's registry.
8808 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8812 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8813 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17851 39450))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8816 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8817 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8818 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8823 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8824 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8825 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8826 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8832 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8833 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8834 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8837 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8838 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8839 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8841 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8842 Edit a keyboard macro.
8843 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8844 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8845 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8847 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8849 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8851 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8852 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8854 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8856 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8857 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8859 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8861 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8862 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8863 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8864 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8865 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8866 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8868 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8869 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8870 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8871 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8873 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8875 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8876 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8877 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8878 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8879 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8880 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8882 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8886 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8887 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17851 10853))
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8890 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8892 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8893 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8895 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8897 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8898 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8904 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8905 ;;;;;; (17873 60335))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8908 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8909 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8910 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8911 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8912 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8913 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8914 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8916 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8917 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8919 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8920 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8921 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8922 this value is non-nil.
8924 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8925 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8926 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8928 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8929 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8930 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8932 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8934 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8937 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8941 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8942 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17851 10853))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8945 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8946 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8948 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8950 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8951 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8952 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8953 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8954 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8955 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8956 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8958 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8962 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8963 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8967 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8968 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8969 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8970 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8971 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8972 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8975 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8976 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8980 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17851
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8984 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8985 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8987 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8988 an elided material again.
8990 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8996 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8997 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9000 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9007 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9008 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17851
9010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9012 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9013 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9014 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9016 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9018 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9019 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9020 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9022 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9024 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9025 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9026 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9028 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9030 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9032 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9033 Display current profiling results.
9034 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9035 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9042 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9043 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9046 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9047 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9048 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9050 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9054 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9055 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9056 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9057 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9058 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17504 41540))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9061 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9062 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9063 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9064 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9065 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9066 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9067 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9068 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9069 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9070 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9071 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9072 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9073 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9074 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9075 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9076 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9078 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9079 Run Emerge on two files.
9081 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9083 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9084 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9086 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9088 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9089 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9091 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9093 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9094 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9096 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9098 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9103 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9108 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9111 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9113 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9116 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9118 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9119 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9121 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9123 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9124 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9126 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9128 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9131 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9135 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9136 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9139 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9140 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9141 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9142 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9143 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9144 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9146 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9148 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9149 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9150 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9152 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9153 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9156 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9157 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9158 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9165 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17851 10872))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9168 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9169 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9170 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9171 text/enriched format.
9172 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9174 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9175 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9179 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9183 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9186 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9188 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9191 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9195 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9196 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17851 10855))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9199 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9200 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9204 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9205 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9206 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9207 (server (erc-compute-server))
9208 (port (erc-compute-port))
9209 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9211 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9213 That is, if called with
9215 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9217 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9218 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9219 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9221 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9223 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9224 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9225 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9226 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9228 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17851
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9235 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17851 10855))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17843 27870))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9247 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17851 10855))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9253 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9257 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9258 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17851 10855))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9261 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9262 Parser for /dcc command.
9263 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9264 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9265 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9267 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9269 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9270 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9274 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9275 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9277 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9278 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9279 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9282 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9286 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9287 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9288 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9289 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9290 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9291 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9293 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9294 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9296 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9298 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9299 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9300 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9301 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9303 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9305 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9308 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9310 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9311 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9313 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9315 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9316 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9318 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9320 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9321 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9323 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9325 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9326 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9328 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9330 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9331 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9333 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9335 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9336 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9338 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9340 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9341 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9345 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9346 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9352 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17851
9354 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9355 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9357 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9358 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9359 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17851
9367 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9368 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9372 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9373 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17851 10855))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9375 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9377 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9378 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9379 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9380 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9381 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9382 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9385 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9387 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9390 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9394 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9395 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9396 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9398 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17851 10855))
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9407 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9411 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9412 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17851 10855))
9413 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9414 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9416 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9417 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9418 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9419 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9420 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9421 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9423 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9425 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9426 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9427 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9428 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9430 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9431 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9434 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9435 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9437 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9441 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9442 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9443 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9444 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9446 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9448 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9449 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9453 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9454 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9458 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9459 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9463 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9464 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9468 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9469 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9473 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9474 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9478 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9479 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9483 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9484 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17851 10855))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9492 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9497 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9499 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9501 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9508 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9509 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17851 10855))
9510 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9512 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9513 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9514 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9515 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9519 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9520 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9526 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9527 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17851 10855))
9528 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9529 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9531 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9532 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9533 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9534 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9536 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9538 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17851 10855))
9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9547 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17851
9553 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9554 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17851 10855))
9559 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9560 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17851 10855))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9566 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9570 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9571 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17851 10855))
9572 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9573 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9575 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9576 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9580 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9581 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9582 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9584 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17851 10855))
9589 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9590 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9594 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9595 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9596 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9598 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9599 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9600 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17851
9608 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9609 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17851 10855))
9614 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9615 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17851 10855))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9621 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9622 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9626 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9627 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17851 10855))
9628 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9629 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9631 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9632 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9633 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9634 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9636 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9638 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9639 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9640 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9646 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9647 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9648 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9650 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9651 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9657 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17851
9659 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9661 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9662 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9670 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17851
9672 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9674 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9675 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9681 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9682 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17851 10856))
9683 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9685 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9686 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9687 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9688 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9689 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9690 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9691 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9692 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9693 buffer selected (or created).
9695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9697 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9698 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9699 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9701 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9703 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9704 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9705 The result might be any Lisp object.
9706 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9707 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9708 corresponding to a successful execution.
9710 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9712 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9713 Report a bug in Eshell.
9714 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9715 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9721 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9722 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9723 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9724 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9725 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9726 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9727 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9728 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
9729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9731 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9732 *File name of tags table.
9733 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9734 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9735 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9736 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9738 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9739 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9740 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9741 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9743 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9745 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9746 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9747 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9748 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9749 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9750 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9752 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9754 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9755 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9756 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9757 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9758 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9759 `auto-compression-mode').")
9761 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9763 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9764 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9765 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9766 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9767 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9769 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9771 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9772 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9773 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9774 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9776 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9778 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9779 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9780 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9781 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9782 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9784 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9786 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9787 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9791 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9792 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9793 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9794 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9796 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9797 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9798 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9799 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9800 file the tag was in.
9802 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9804 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9805 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9806 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9807 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9808 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9809 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9810 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9811 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9812 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9814 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9816 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9817 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9818 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9819 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9820 without directory names.
9824 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9825 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9826 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9827 but does not select the buffer.
9828 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9830 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9831 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9832 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9833 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9834 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9836 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9838 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9839 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9840 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9842 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9844 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9846 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9847 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9848 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9849 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9851 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9852 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9853 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9854 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9855 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9857 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9859 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9860 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9861 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9863 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9865 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9866 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9868 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9869 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9870 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9871 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9872 around or before point.
9874 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9875 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9876 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9877 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9878 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9880 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9882 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9883 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9884 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9886 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9888 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9889 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9891 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9892 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9893 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9894 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9895 around or before point.
9897 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9898 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9899 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9900 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9901 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9903 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9905 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9906 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9907 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9909 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9911 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9912 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9914 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9915 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9916 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9918 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9919 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9920 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9921 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9922 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9924 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9926 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9927 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9928 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9930 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9932 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9933 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9934 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9936 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9937 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9939 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9940 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9941 where they were found.
9945 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9946 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9948 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9949 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9950 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9952 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9953 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9955 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9956 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9958 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9960 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9961 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9962 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9963 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9965 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9966 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9967 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9968 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9969 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9971 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9972 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9974 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9975 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9976 Stops when a match is found.
9977 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9979 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9981 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9983 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9984 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9985 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9986 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9987 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9989 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9991 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9993 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9994 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9995 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9996 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9997 directory specification.
9999 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10001 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10002 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10004 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10006 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10007 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10008 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10009 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10013 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10014 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10015 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10016 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10017 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10023 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10024 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10025 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10026 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10027 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10028 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10029 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10030 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17851 10861))
10031 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10033 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10038 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10039 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10040 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10041 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10043 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10044 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10047 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10048 even if the buffer is read-only.
10050 See also the descriptions of the variables
10051 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10052 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10054 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10056 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10057 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10059 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10060 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10062 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10063 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10066 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10067 buffer is read-only.
10069 See also the descriptions of the variables
10070 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10071 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10073 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10075 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10076 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10077 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10081 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10082 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10084 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10085 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10087 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10088 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10092 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10093 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10094 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10095 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10099 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10100 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10101 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10102 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10104 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10105 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10106 the primary language.
10108 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10109 buffer is read-only.
10111 See also the descriptions of the variables
10112 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10113 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10115 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10117 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10118 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10119 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10120 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10122 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10123 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10126 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10127 buffer is read-only.
10129 See also the descriptions of the variables
10130 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10131 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10133 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10135 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10136 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10137 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10141 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10142 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10144 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10145 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10146 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10147 3) convert the body into SERA.
10149 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10153 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10154 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10155 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10157 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10159 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10160 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10164 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10165 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10167 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10168 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10171 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10172 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10173 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10175 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10177 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10179 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10180 Allow the user to input special characters.
10184 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10185 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10186 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10190 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10191 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10195 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10196 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10198 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10199 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10201 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10202 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10206 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10207 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10211 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10212 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10216 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10217 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10223 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10224 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10225 ;;;;;; (17851 10863))
10226 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10228 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10229 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10230 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10231 server for future sessions.
10233 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10235 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10236 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10237 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10239 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10241 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10242 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10243 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10245 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10247 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10248 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10249 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10250 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10251 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10252 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10253 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10254 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10255 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10256 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10257 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10258 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10260 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10262 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10263 Display a form to query the directory server.
10264 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10265 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10267 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10269 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10270 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10271 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10275 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10279 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10280 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10281 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17851 10863))
10282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10284 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10285 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10287 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10289 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10290 Display URL and make it clickable.
10292 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10294 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10295 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10297 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10299 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10300 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10302 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10304 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10305 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10307 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10309 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10310 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10312 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10317 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17851 10863))
10318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10320 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10321 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10322 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10326 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10327 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10333 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10334 ;;;;;; (17851 10863))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10337 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10338 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10344 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17851
10346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10348 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10349 Create an empty ewoc.
10351 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10353 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10354 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10355 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10356 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10357 `insert-before-markers'.
10359 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10360 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10361 respectively, of the ewoc.
10363 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10364 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10365 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10367 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10371 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10372 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10373 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10374 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
10375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10377 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10378 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10379 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10381 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10383 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10384 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10385 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10386 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10387 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10389 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10391 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10392 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10393 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10394 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10395 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10398 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10400 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10401 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10402 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10406 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10407 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10408 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10416 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17851 10827))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10419 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10420 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10421 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10422 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10424 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10426 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10427 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10428 to generate such functions.
10430 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10431 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10432 beginning of the expanded text.
10434 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10435 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10436 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10437 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10439 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10441 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10443 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10444 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10445 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10449 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10450 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10451 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10454 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10455 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10459 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17851 10867))
10460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10462 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10463 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10464 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10466 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10467 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10468 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10470 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10475 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10478 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10480 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10482 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10483 `f90-program-indent'
10484 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10486 `f90-continuation-indent'
10487 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10488 `f90-comment-region'
10489 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10490 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10491 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10492 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10494 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10495 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10496 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10497 `f90-break-delimiters'
10498 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10499 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10500 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10501 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10503 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10504 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10506 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10507 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10508 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10509 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10510 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10511 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10512 `f90-leave-line-no'
10513 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10515 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10516 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10522 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10523 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10524 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10525 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10526 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17851 10827))
10527 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10528 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10529 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10531 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10532 Menu keymap for faces.")
10534 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10536 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10537 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10539 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10541 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10542 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10544 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10546 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10547 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10549 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10551 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10552 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10554 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10556 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10557 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10559 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10561 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10562 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10564 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10566 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10568 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10570 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10572 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10573 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10575 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10576 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10577 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10578 to the faces to use for the next character
10579 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10580 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10582 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10583 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10584 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10585 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10586 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10587 preceding faces (including FACE).
10589 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10590 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10592 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10594 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10595 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10596 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10598 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10599 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10602 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10603 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10604 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10606 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10608 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10609 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10610 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10612 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10613 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10616 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10617 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10618 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10620 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10622 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10623 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10624 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10625 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10626 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10627 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10628 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10630 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10631 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10634 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10635 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10636 to insert cancels the specification.
10638 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10640 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10641 Make the region invisible.
10642 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10643 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10645 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10647 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10648 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10649 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10650 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10652 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10654 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10655 Make the region unmodifiable.
10656 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10657 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10659 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10661 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10662 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10664 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10666 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10667 Remove all text properties from the region.
10669 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10671 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10672 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10673 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10675 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10677 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10678 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10680 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10682 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10683 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10684 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10685 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10686 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10687 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10689 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10693 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10694 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10695 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17753 42784))
10696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10698 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10699 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10700 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10701 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10705 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10706 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10710 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10711 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10712 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10713 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10717 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10718 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10719 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10720 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10721 backup file names and the like).
10723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10725 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10726 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10727 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10728 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10729 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10730 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10731 internally by feedmail):
10733 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10734 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10735 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10736 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10738 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10739 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10740 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10741 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10742 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10744 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10748 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10749 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17851 10827))
10750 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10752 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10753 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10754 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10755 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10756 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10757 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10758 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10760 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10762 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10763 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10764 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10765 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10766 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10767 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10768 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10770 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10772 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10774 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10775 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10776 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10777 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10778 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10779 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10781 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10783 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10784 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10785 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10787 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10788 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10793 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10794 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10796 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10798 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10799 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10805 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10806 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10807 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10808 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17851 10827))
10809 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10811 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10812 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10813 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10814 be added to the cache.
10816 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10818 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10819 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10820 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10821 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10822 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10824 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10826 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10827 Add FILE to the file cache.
10831 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10832 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10833 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10835 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10837 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10838 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10839 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10841 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10843 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10844 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10845 This function does not use any external programs
10846 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10847 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10848 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10850 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10852 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10853 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10854 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10855 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10856 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10857 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10858 \(directories) is done.
10861 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10862 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10863 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10867 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17851
10869 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10871 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10872 Filesets initialization.
10873 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17852 50694))
10880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10881 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10885 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10886 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10887 ;;;;;; (17851 10827))
10888 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10890 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10891 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10892 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10893 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10894 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10896 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10898 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10899 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10900 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10901 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10902 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10904 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10906 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10907 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10908 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10909 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10911 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10913 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10914 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10915 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10917 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10919 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10920 as the final argument.
10922 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10924 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10925 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10926 and run dired on those files.
10927 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10928 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10930 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10932 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10934 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10935 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10936 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10938 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10940 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10942 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10946 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10947 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10948 ;;;;;; (17851 10828))
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10951 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10952 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10953 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10954 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10955 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10956 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10957 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10959 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10960 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10961 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10963 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10965 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10967 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10969 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10970 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10971 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10973 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10974 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10976 Variables of interest include:
10978 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10979 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10980 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10982 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10983 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10984 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10986 - `ff-ignore-include'
10987 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10989 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10990 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10993 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10995 - `ff-special-constructs'
10996 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10997 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10998 extracting the filename from that construct.
11000 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11001 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11003 - `ff-search-directories'
11004 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11005 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11007 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11008 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11010 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11011 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11013 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11014 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11016 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11017 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11019 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11020 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11022 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11024 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11025 Visit the file you click on.
11027 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11029 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11030 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11032 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11036 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11037 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11038 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11039 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11040 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11041 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11042 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17851 10853))
11043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11045 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11046 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11048 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11050 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11051 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11052 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11053 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11055 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11056 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11057 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11058 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11060 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11062 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11063 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11065 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11066 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11067 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11068 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11070 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11071 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11074 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11076 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11077 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11079 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11080 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11081 places point before the definition.
11082 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11084 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11085 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11086 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11088 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11090 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11091 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11093 See `find-function' for more details.
11095 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11097 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11098 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11100 See `find-function' for more details.
11102 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11104 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11105 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11107 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11108 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11109 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11111 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11112 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11114 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11116 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11117 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11119 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11120 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11121 places point before the definition.
11123 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11125 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11126 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11127 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11129 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11131 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11132 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11134 See `find-variable' for more details.
11136 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11138 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11139 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11141 See `find-variable' for more details.
11143 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11145 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11146 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11147 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11148 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11149 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11150 buffer nor display it.
11152 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11153 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11155 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11157 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11158 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11160 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11161 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11162 places point before the definition.
11164 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11166 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11167 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11168 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11172 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11173 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11174 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11178 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11179 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11183 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11184 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11188 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11189 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11195 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11196 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17851 10828))
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11199 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11200 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11202 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11204 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11205 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11209 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11210 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11212 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11216 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11217 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17851 10828))
11218 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11220 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11221 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11225 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11226 Display FILE's commentary section.
11227 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11231 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11232 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11238 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11239 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17851 10828))
11240 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11242 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11243 Toggle flow control handling.
11244 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11245 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11247 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11249 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11250 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11251 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11252 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11253 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11254 to get the effect of a C-q.
11256 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11260 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11261 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
11262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11264 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11267 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11269 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11272 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11276 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11277 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17854 10614))
11278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11280 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11281 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11282 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11283 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11287 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11288 Turn flymake mode on.
11292 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11293 Turn flymake mode off.
11299 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11300 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11301 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17851 10872))
11302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11304 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11305 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11308 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11310 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11311 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11312 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11313 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11314 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11315 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11318 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11319 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11320 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11321 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11324 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11327 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11328 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11329 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11331 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11333 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11334 in your .emacs file.
11336 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11337 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11341 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11342 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11346 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11347 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11351 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11352 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11356 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11357 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11359 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11361 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11362 Flyspell whole buffer.
11368 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11369 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11370 ;;;;;; (17851 10828))
11371 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11373 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11374 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11378 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11379 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11383 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11384 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11386 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11387 of two major techniques:
11389 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11390 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11391 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11393 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11394 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11395 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11398 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11399 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11400 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11401 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11402 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11405 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11406 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11408 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11410 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11411 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11412 \(This is the default.)
11414 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11415 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11417 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11418 \\{follow-mode-map}
11420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11422 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11423 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11425 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11426 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11427 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11428 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11429 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11430 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11432 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11433 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11434 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11436 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11437 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11438 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11444 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17851
11446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11448 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11449 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11450 \\<message-mode-map>
11454 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11455 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11456 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11457 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11458 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11459 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11465 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11466 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17851 10829))
11467 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11469 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11470 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11472 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11473 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11474 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11475 C-c < forms-first-record <
11476 C-c > forms-last-record >
11477 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11478 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11479 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11480 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11481 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11482 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11483 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11484 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11485 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11486 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11488 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11490 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11491 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11495 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11496 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11502 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11503 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17851 10868))
11504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11506 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11507 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11508 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11509 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11510 with a character in column 6.")
11512 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11514 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11515 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11516 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11518 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11519 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11521 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11524 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11526 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11528 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11529 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11530 `fortran-do-indent'
11531 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11532 `fortran-if-indent'
11533 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11534 `fortran-structure-indent'
11535 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11537 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11538 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11539 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11540 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11541 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11542 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11543 nil don't change the indentation
11544 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11546 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11547 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11548 depending on the continuation format in use.
11549 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11550 indentation for a line of code.
11552 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11553 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11554 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11555 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11556 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11557 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11558 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11559 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11560 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11561 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11563 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11564 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11565 statements (default nil).
11566 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11567 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11568 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11569 `fortran-continuation-string'
11570 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11571 line (default \"$\").
11572 `fortran-comment-region'
11573 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11574 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11575 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11576 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11577 as typed (default t).
11578 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11579 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11581 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11582 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11589 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17851 10865))
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11592 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11593 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11595 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11596 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11598 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11600 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11601 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11603 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11604 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11606 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11608 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11609 Compile fortune file.
11611 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11612 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11614 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11616 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11617 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11619 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11620 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11621 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11622 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11624 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11626 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11627 Display a fortune cookie.
11629 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11630 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11631 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11632 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11634 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11638 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11639 ;;;;;; (17866 27909))
11640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11642 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11643 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11644 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11645 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11647 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11648 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11649 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11650 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11652 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11653 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11654 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11655 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11656 some of the buffers.
11658 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11660 The following commands help control operation :
11662 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11663 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11665 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11666 detailed description of this mode.
11669 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11671 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11672 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11676 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11677 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11678 | | (comint-mode) |
11685 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11686 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11687 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11688 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11689 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11690 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11692 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11694 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11695 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11697 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11701 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11702 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17851
11704 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11706 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11707 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11708 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11709 instead (which see).")
11711 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11712 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11714 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11715 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11716 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11717 documentation string instead.
11719 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11720 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11721 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11722 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11723 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11724 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11725 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11726 enders are actually possible.
11728 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11729 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11731 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11732 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11733 `font-lock-keywords'.
11735 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11736 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11737 runs the macro expansion.
11739 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11740 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11741 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11743 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11745 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11747 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11748 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11750 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11752 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11753 Enter generic mode MODE.
11755 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11756 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11757 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11759 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11760 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11764 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11765 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11766 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11767 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11768 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11769 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11770 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11771 `font-lock-keywords'.
11773 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11777 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11778 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
11779 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11781 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11782 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11783 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11784 at places they belong to.
11786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11790 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11791 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17851 10856))
11792 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11794 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11795 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11797 Guideline for numbers:
11798 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11799 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11802 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11804 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11805 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11806 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11808 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11810 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11811 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11813 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11815 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11816 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11818 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11819 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11820 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11821 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11822 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11823 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11825 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11826 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11827 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11828 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11829 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11831 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11833 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11837 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11838 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17851 10857))
11839 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11840 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11841 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11843 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11844 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11848 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11850 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11851 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11852 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11853 name of an NNTP server to use.
11854 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11857 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11859 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11860 Read news as a slave.
11862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11864 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11865 Pop up a frame to read news.
11866 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11867 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11868 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11869 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11870 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11871 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11872 current display is used.
11874 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11876 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11878 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11879 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11880 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11882 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11886 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11887 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11888 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11889 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11890 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11891 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17851 10856))
11892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11894 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11895 Start Gnus unplugged.
11899 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11900 Start Gnus plugged.
11904 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11905 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11909 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11910 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11912 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11913 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11914 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11916 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11917 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11918 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11922 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11923 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11927 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11928 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11929 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11930 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11931 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11934 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11936 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11937 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11938 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11939 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11940 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11943 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11945 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11946 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11950 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11951 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11952 downloaded into the agent.
11954 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11956 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11957 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11958 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11959 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11961 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11963 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11964 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11968 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11969 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11973 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11974 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11975 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11977 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11981 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11982 ;;;;;; (17854 10614))
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11985 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11986 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11992 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11993 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
11994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11996 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11997 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12003 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12004 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12005 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17851
12007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12009 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12010 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12013 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12017 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12018 Generate the cache active file.
12020 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12022 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12023 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12027 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12028 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12029 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12030 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12031 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12034 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12036 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12037 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12038 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12039 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12040 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12043 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12047 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12048 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17851 10857))
12049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12051 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12052 Delay this article by some time.
12053 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12055 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12056 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12058 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12059 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12061 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12062 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12064 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12066 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12067 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12071 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12072 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12073 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12074 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12076 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12077 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12079 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12083 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12084 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17851 10857))
12085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12087 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12090 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12092 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12095 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12099 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12100 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12103 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12104 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12110 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12111 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12114 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12115 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12121 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12122 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12123 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17851
12125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12127 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12128 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12132 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12133 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12137 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12138 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12142 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12143 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12147 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12148 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12149 The PNG is returned as a string.
12151 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12153 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12154 Convert FILE to a Face.
12155 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12158 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12162 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12163 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17851 10857))
12164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12166 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12167 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12168 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12170 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12172 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12173 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12175 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12179 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12180 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12183 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12185 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12186 Run batched scoring.
12187 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12193 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12194 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12195 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12198 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12203 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12204 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12205 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12207 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12209 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12210 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12212 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12218 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12219 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12220 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12223 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12224 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12225 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12226 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12229 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12230 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12231 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12232 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12234 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12235 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12236 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12237 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12238 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12239 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12240 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12241 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12242 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12243 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12245 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12247 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12248 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12249 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12252 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12253 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12255 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12257 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12258 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12259 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12261 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12265 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12266 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12267 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12269 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12271 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12272 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12273 existing groups are considered.
12275 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12276 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12279 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12280 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12281 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12282 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12283 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12284 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12285 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12286 clauses will be generated.
12288 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12289 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12290 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12291 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12292 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12293 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12295 For example, given the following group parameters:
12298 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12299 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12301 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12302 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12303 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12304 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12306 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12308 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12310 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12312 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12313 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12316 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12320 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12321 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12324 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12325 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12326 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12328 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12332 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12333 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17851 10857))
12334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12336 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12337 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12338 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12339 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12341 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12343 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12346 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12348 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12349 Like `message-reply'.
12351 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12353 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12357 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12358 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17851 10857))
12359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12361 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12362 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12366 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12367 Load the NoCeM cache.
12373 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12374 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12375 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12378 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12379 Display picons in the From header.
12380 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12384 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12385 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12386 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12390 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12391 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12392 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12398 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12399 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12400 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12401 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12402 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17851 10857))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12405 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12406 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12407 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12408 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12410 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12412 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12413 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12414 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12417 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12420 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12421 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12423 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12425 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12428 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12430 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12431 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12432 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12434 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12436 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12437 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12438 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12440 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12442 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12444 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12445 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12446 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12448 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12450 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12451 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12452 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12454 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12456 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12457 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12458 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12460 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12462 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12463 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12465 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12469 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12470 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17851 10857))
12471 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12473 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12478 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12479 Install the registry hooks.
12485 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12486 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17851
12488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12490 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12491 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12492 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12493 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12494 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12495 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12499 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12500 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12501 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12502 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12503 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12507 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12514 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12515 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12518 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12519 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12520 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12521 for matching on group names.
12523 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12524 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12526 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12528 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12534 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12535 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12536 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12538 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12539 Update the format specification near point.
12545 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12546 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17851
12548 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12550 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12551 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12553 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12555 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12562 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12563 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12564 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12566 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12567 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12569 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12573 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17851 10865))
12574 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12576 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12577 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12579 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12580 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12581 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12583 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12584 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12585 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12587 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12588 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12590 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12591 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12593 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12595 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12599 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12600 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17851 10863))
12601 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12603 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12605 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12606 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12607 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12608 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12609 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12611 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12613 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12614 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12615 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12617 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12618 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12620 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12621 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12624 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12628 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12629 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12630 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17875 14313))
12631 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12633 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12634 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12636 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12638 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12639 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12640 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12641 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12642 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12644 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12645 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12647 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12649 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12650 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12651 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12652 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12654 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12656 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12657 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12659 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12661 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12662 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12664 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12665 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12666 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12668 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12669 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12670 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12672 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12673 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12675 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12676 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12678 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12680 (defvar grep-history nil)
12682 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12684 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12685 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12686 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12690 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12695 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12696 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12700 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12701 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12702 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12703 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12704 where grep found matches.
12706 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12707 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12709 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12710 easily repeat a grep command.
12712 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12713 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12714 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12715 if that history list is empty).
12717 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12719 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12720 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12721 Collect output in a buffer.
12722 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12723 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12725 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12726 easily repeat a find command.
12728 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12730 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12732 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12733 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12734 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12735 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12736 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12738 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12739 before it is executed.
12740 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12742 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12743 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12744 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12746 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12748 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12750 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12751 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12752 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12753 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12754 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12756 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12757 before it is executed.
12758 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12760 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12761 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12762 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12764 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12766 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12770 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17851 10830))
12771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12773 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12774 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12775 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12776 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12777 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12779 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12783 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12784 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17871 15754))
12785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12787 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12788 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12789 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12790 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12791 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12792 `gdba' for more information.
12794 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12795 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12796 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12797 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12798 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12801 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12803 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12804 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12805 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12806 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12808 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12810 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12811 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12812 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12813 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12815 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12817 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12818 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12819 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12820 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12822 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12823 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12825 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12827 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12828 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12829 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12830 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12832 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12834 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12835 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12836 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12837 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12839 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12841 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12842 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12843 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12844 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12845 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12847 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12848 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12849 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12850 original source file access method.
12852 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12853 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12855 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12857 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12858 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12859 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12860 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12862 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12863 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12865 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12867 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12868 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12874 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17851
12876 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12878 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12879 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12880 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12881 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12883 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12884 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12885 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12886 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12892 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12893 ;;;;;; (17753 42784))
12894 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12896 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12897 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12899 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12901 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12902 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12903 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12904 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12906 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12910 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12911 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12912 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12913 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12920 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12921 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12922 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12923 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17851 10830))
12924 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12926 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12927 Return the help-echo string at point.
12928 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12929 property, or nil, is returned.
12930 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12931 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12932 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12934 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12936 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12937 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12938 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12939 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12940 this produces no string either, return nil.
12944 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12945 Display local help in the echo area.
12946 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12947 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12948 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12951 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12952 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12953 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12957 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12958 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12959 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12963 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12964 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12965 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12969 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12970 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12971 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12972 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12973 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12974 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12975 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12976 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12977 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12978 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12979 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12981 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12982 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12983 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12984 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12985 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12987 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12988 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12989 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12990 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12991 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12992 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12993 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12994 The default is `never'.")
12996 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12998 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12999 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13000 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13001 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13002 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13003 considered different regions.
13005 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13006 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13007 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13008 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13009 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13010 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13011 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13012 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13013 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13015 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13017 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13018 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13019 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13020 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13023 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13024 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13025 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13026 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13027 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13028 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13029 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13030 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13032 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13033 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13034 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13035 rarely happens in practice.
13037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13039 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13040 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13041 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13042 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13043 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13044 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13050 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13051 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13052 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13053 ;;;;;; (17851 39450))
13054 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13056 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13057 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13059 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13061 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13062 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13063 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13065 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13067 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13068 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13070 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13072 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13075 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13077 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13078 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13079 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13080 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13082 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13084 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13085 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13086 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13087 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13088 it is displayed along with the global value.
13090 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13092 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13093 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13094 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13095 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13097 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13099 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13100 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13101 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13102 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13103 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13105 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13109 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13110 ;;;;;; (17851 10830))
13111 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13113 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13114 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13115 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13116 and window listing and describing the options.
13117 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13118 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13120 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13124 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13125 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13126 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17851 10833))
13127 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13129 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13130 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13131 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13137 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13142 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13147 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13148 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13150 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13151 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13152 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13153 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13155 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13156 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13157 restore it properly when going back.
13159 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13161 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13162 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13164 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13165 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13166 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13167 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13168 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13169 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13170 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13171 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13173 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13174 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13175 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13176 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13178 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13179 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13182 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13184 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13185 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13186 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13187 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13188 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13189 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13191 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13193 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13194 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13195 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13196 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13197 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13199 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13201 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13202 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13204 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13208 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13209 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17851 10853))
13210 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13212 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13213 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13217 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13218 Provide help for current mode.
13224 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13225 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17851 39450))
13226 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13228 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13229 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13230 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13231 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13232 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13234 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13235 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13237 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13238 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13239 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13240 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13242 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13243 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13246 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13251 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13252 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13253 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13254 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13255 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13256 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13257 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13258 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13259 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13260 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13261 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13262 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13263 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13264 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13265 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13267 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13268 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13269 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13271 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13274 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13276 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13277 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13278 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13280 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13281 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13282 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13284 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13285 into the buffer at the current point.
13287 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13288 into the buffer at the current point.
13290 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13291 into the buffer at the current point.
13293 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13295 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13296 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13298 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13300 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13304 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13305 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13306 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13307 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13309 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13311 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13312 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13313 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13319 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13320 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13321 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13322 ;;;;;; (17860 50079))
13323 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13325 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13326 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13328 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13329 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13330 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13331 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13332 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13333 called interactively, are:
13335 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13336 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13338 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13339 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13340 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13341 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13343 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13344 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13346 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13347 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13349 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13350 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13351 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13352 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13353 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13354 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13356 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13357 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13359 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13360 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13362 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13363 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13364 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13365 Patterns will be read until
13367 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13371 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13372 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13373 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13375 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13376 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13378 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13380 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13381 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13382 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13383 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13384 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13388 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13390 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13391 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13393 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13394 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13395 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13396 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13398 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13400 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13402 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13403 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13405 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13406 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13407 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13408 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13410 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13412 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13414 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13415 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13417 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13418 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13420 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13422 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13424 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13425 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13427 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13428 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13429 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13430 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13431 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13433 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13435 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13436 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13438 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13439 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13440 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13446 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13447 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17851 10868))
13448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13450 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13451 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13452 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13453 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13454 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13455 how the hiding is done:
13458 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13459 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13462 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13463 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13464 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13465 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13466 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13469 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13470 #endif lines when hiding.
13472 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13473 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13476 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13477 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13478 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13480 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13484 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13485 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13487 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13489 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13490 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13492 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13494 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13495 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13497 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13501 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13502 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
13503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13505 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13506 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13507 Each element has the form
13508 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13510 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13511 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13513 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13514 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13516 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13517 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13518 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13519 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13520 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13521 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13523 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13524 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13526 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13527 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13529 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13530 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13531 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13533 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13534 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13535 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13536 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13537 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13538 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13540 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13541 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13542 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13544 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13545 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13547 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13550 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13556 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13557 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13558 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13559 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13560 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17851 10833))
13561 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13563 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13564 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13565 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13567 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13569 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13570 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13572 Without an argument:
13573 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13574 or passive state as determined by the variable
13575 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13578 With an argument ARG:
13579 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13580 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13581 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13583 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13584 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13585 not displayed in a different face.
13588 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13589 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13590 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13591 buffer with the contents of a file
13592 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13593 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13597 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13598 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13599 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13603 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13604 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13608 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13609 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13613 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13614 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13616 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13617 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13618 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13619 shown in the last face in the list.
13621 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13622 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13623 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13625 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13629 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13630 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13632 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13634 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13637 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13638 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13640 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13641 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13642 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13644 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13646 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13647 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13649 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13650 this function is called interactively.
13652 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13653 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13654 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13656 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13657 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13658 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13660 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13662 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13663 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13665 When called interactively:
13666 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13667 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13668 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13669 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13671 When called from a program:
13672 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13673 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13674 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13675 - otherwise just turn it on
13677 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13678 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13679 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13680 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13686 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13687 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13688 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13689 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13690 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17851 10833))
13691 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13693 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13694 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13695 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13696 or insert functions in this list.")
13698 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13700 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13701 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13703 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13705 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13706 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13708 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13710 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13711 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13713 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13715 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13716 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13718 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13720 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13721 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13722 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13724 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13726 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13727 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13728 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13731 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13733 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13734 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13735 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13736 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13737 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13739 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13741 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13742 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13743 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13744 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13745 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13747 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13748 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13749 undoes the expansion.
13753 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13754 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13755 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13756 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13758 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13762 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13763 ;;;;;; (17851 10833))
13764 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13766 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13767 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13768 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13770 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13771 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13772 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13773 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13774 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13776 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13777 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13778 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13779 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13783 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13784 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13785 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13786 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13787 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13788 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13790 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13792 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13793 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13794 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13796 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13797 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13803 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13804 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
13805 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13807 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13808 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13809 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13811 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13815 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13816 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13818 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13819 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13820 different list. For example,
13822 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13823 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13825 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13826 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13828 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13829 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13830 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13831 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13834 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13836 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13840 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17851
13842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13844 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13845 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13851 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13852 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13853 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13854 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13855 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13856 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13857 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13858 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13859 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13860 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13861 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13862 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13863 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13864 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13865 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13866 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13867 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13868 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13869 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13870 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13871 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13872 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13873 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17851 10833))
13874 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13876 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13877 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13878 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13882 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13883 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13885 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13887 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13888 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13890 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13892 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13893 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13895 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13897 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13898 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13902 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13903 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13905 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13907 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13908 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13910 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13911 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13912 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13913 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13914 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13915 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13916 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13917 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13918 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13919 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13920 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13921 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13923 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13926 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13928 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13929 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13933 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13934 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13938 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13939 Remove the first filter group.
13943 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13944 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13946 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13948 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13949 Remove all filter groups.
13953 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13954 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13958 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13959 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13960 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13964 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Kill the filter group at point.
13966 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13968 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13981 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13982 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13983 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13985 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13987 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13988 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13989 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13993 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13995 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13996 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13997 of replacing the current filters.
14001 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14002 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14006 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14007 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14014 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14015 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14016 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14020 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14021 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14025 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14026 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14030 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14031 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14032 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14035 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14037 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14038 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14039 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14041 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14043 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14044 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14048 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14049 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14053 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14054 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14055 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14056 of replacing the current filters.
14059 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14060 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14061 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14062 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14063 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14064 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14065 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14066 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14068 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14069 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14070 Default sorting modes are:
14071 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14072 Name - the name of the buffer
14073 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14074 Size - the size of the buffer
14078 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14082 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14083 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14084 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14085 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14087 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14088 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14092 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14093 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14094 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14095 for this Ibuffer session.
14097 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14099 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14100 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14101 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14102 for this Ibuffer session.
14104 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14106 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14107 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14109 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14110 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14112 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14113 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14115 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14117 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14118 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14120 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14121 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14123 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14125 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14126 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14130 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14131 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14133 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14134 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14135 hidden group filter, open it.
14137 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14138 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14139 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14143 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14144 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14145 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14149 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14150 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14152 The names are separated by a space.
14153 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14155 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14156 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14157 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14158 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14160 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14164 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14165 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14167 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14169 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14170 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14172 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14174 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14175 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14177 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14179 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14180 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14184 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14185 Mark all modified buffers.
14189 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14190 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14194 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14195 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14199 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14200 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14204 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14205 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14209 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14210 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14214 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14215 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14219 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14220 Mark all read-only buffers.
14224 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14225 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14229 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14230 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14231 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14234 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14238 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14239 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17851
14241 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14243 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14244 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14246 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14247 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14248 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14250 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14251 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14252 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14253 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14254 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14255 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14257 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14258 title of the column.
14260 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14261 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14262 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14263 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14264 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14266 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14268 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14269 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14270 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14271 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14272 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14274 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14275 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14276 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14278 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14280 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14281 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14282 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14283 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14284 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14285 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14287 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14288 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14289 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14290 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14291 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14292 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14293 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14294 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14296 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14297 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14298 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14299 buffer's modification flag.
14300 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14301 prompted before performing this operation.
14302 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14303 operation is complete, in the form:
14304 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14305 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14306 confirmation message, in the form:
14307 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14308 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14309 macro for exactly what it does.
14311 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14313 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14314 Define a filter named NAME.
14315 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14316 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14317 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14319 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14320 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14321 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14322 bound to the current value of the filter.
14324 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14328 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14329 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17851 10834))
14330 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14332 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14333 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14334 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14335 buffers which are visiting a file.
14337 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14339 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14340 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14341 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14342 buffers which are visiting a file.
14344 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14346 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14347 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14348 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14350 All arguments are optional.
14351 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14352 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14353 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14354 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14355 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14356 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14357 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14358 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14359 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14360 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14361 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14362 that value locally in this buffer.
14364 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14368 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14369 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14370 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17851 10852))
14371 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14373 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14374 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14375 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14376 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14378 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14380 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14381 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14382 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14383 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14385 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14386 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14387 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14389 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14391 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14392 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14393 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14394 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14395 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14396 non-marking or not.
14398 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14400 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14401 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14403 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14404 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14407 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14408 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14409 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14411 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14414 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14415 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14416 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14418 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14422 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17851
14424 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14426 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14427 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14428 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14429 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14430 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14431 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14433 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14435 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14436 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14437 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14443 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17851 10868))
14444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14446 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14447 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14448 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14449 Tab indents for Icon code.
14450 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14451 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14453 Variables controlling indentation style:
14454 icon-tab-always-indent
14455 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14456 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14458 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14459 inserted in Icon code.
14461 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14462 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14463 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14464 icon-continued-statement-offset
14465 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14466 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14467 icon-continued-brace-offset
14468 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14469 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14471 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14472 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14473 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14474 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14476 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14477 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14483 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14484 ;;;;;; (17887 5449))
14485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14487 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14488 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14489 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14490 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14492 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14493 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14496 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14497 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14499 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14500 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14501 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14503 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14505 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14509 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14510 ;;;;;; (17859 27907))
14511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14513 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14514 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14516 The main features of this mode are
14518 1. Indentation and Formatting
14519 --------------------------
14520 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14521 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14523 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14524 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14525 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14526 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14528 Comments are indented as follows:
14530 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14531 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14532 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14534 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14536 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14537 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14538 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14539 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14540 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14541 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14543 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14544 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14545 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14546 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14550 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14551 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14552 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14553 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14554 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14555 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14556 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14557 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14558 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14559 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14564 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14565 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14566 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14567 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14571 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14572 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14573 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14574 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14575 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14578 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14579 --------------------------------
14580 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14581 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14583 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14584 \\fu FUNCTION template
14585 \\c CASE statement template
14586 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14587 \\f FOR loop template
14588 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14589 \\w WHILE loop template
14590 \\i IF statement template
14591 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14594 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14595 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14597 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14598 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14599 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14600 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14602 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14603 -------------------------
14604 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14605 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14607 7. Automatic END completion
14608 ------------------------
14609 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14610 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14614 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14615 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14617 9. Documentation and Customization
14618 -------------------------------
14619 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14620 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14621 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14622 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14623 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14627 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14628 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14629 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14631 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14634 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14638 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14639 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14640 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14641 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14642 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14643 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14644 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14645 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17864
14647 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14649 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14650 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14651 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14652 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14654 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14655 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14656 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14659 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14661 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14663 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14664 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14665 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14666 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14667 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14668 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14669 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14670 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14671 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14675 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14676 Switch to another buffer.
14677 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14678 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14681 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14682 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14683 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14684 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14685 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14687 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14688 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14690 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14691 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14693 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14694 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14695 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14696 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14697 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14698 in a separate window.
14699 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14700 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14701 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14702 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14703 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14704 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14705 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14706 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14707 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14711 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14712 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14713 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14714 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14718 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14719 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14720 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14721 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14725 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14727 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14728 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14732 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14733 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14734 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14735 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14739 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14740 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14741 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14742 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14746 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14747 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14751 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14752 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14753 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14754 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14755 visible in another frame.
14757 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14758 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14759 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14760 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14761 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14762 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14764 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14765 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14767 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14768 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14770 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14771 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14772 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14773 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14774 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14775 in a separate window.
14776 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14777 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14778 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14779 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14780 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14781 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14782 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14783 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14784 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14785 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14786 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14787 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14788 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14789 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14790 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14794 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14795 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14796 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14797 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14801 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14802 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14803 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14804 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14808 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14809 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14810 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14811 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14815 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14816 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14817 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14818 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14822 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14823 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14824 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14825 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14829 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14830 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14831 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14832 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14836 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14837 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14838 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14839 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14843 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14844 Write current buffer to a file.
14845 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14846 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14850 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14851 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14852 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14853 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14857 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14858 Call `dired' the ido way.
14859 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14860 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14864 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14865 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14866 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14867 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14868 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14869 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14871 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14873 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14874 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14875 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14876 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14878 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14880 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14881 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14882 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14883 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14885 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14887 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14888 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14889 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14890 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14891 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14892 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14893 with `completing-read'.
14894 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14895 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14896 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14897 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14898 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14899 with point positioned at the end.
14900 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14901 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14903 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14907 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17851 10834))
14908 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14909 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14911 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14912 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14913 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14919 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14920 ;;;;;; (17851 10834))
14921 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14923 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14924 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14928 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14929 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14935 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14936 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14937 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14938 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14939 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17868 42183))
14940 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14942 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14943 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14944 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14947 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14949 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14950 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14951 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14956 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14957 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14958 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14961 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14963 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14964 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14965 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14968 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14970 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14971 Determine and return image type.
14972 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14973 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14974 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14975 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14976 use its file extension as image type.
14977 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14979 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14981 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14982 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14983 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14985 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14987 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
14988 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14989 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
14991 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
14992 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
14993 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
14994 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
14995 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
14996 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
15001 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15003 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15004 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15005 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15006 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15007 use its file extension as image type.
15008 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15009 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15010 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15011 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15013 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15015 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15017 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15018 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15019 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15020 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15021 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15022 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15023 POS may be an integer or marker.
15024 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15025 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15026 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15027 means display it in the right marginal area.
15029 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15031 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15032 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15033 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15034 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15035 defaulted if you omit it.
15036 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15037 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15038 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15039 means display it in the right marginal area.
15040 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15041 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15042 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15043 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15044 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15046 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15048 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15049 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15050 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15051 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15052 defaulted if you omit it.
15053 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15054 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15055 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15056 means display it in the right marginal area.
15057 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15059 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15061 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15062 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15063 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15064 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15066 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15068 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15069 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15071 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15073 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15074 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15075 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15076 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15077 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15078 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15079 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15080 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15083 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15085 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15087 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15089 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15090 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15092 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15093 documentation string.
15095 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15096 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15097 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15098 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15099 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15100 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15101 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15106 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15107 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15109 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15113 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15114 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15115 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17851 10834))
15116 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15118 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15119 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15120 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15121 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15123 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15124 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15125 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15126 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15128 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15130 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15131 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15132 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15133 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15135 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15136 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15137 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15138 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15140 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15142 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15143 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15147 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15148 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15149 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15150 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15152 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15154 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15155 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15156 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15157 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15158 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15159 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15161 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15163 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15164 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15165 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15166 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15168 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15169 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15170 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15176 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15177 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17866 8262))
15178 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15179 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15180 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15181 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15182 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15183 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15184 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15186 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15187 Major mode for image files.
15188 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15189 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15193 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15194 Toggle Image minor mode.
15195 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15196 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15200 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15201 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15202 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15203 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15204 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15205 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15207 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15208 information on these modes.
15214 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15215 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17851 10835))
15216 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15218 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15219 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15221 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15223 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15224 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15227 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15229 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15230 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15231 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15233 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15235 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15236 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15238 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15239 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15240 pattern's structure.
15242 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15243 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15244 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15247 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15249 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15250 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15252 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15253 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15254 called within a `save-excursion'.
15256 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15258 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15260 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15261 Function for finding the next index position.
15263 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15264 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15265 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15268 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15269 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15271 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15273 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15274 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15276 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15277 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15278 It should return the name for that index item.")
15280 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15282 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15283 Function to compare string with index item.
15285 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15286 non-nil if they match.
15288 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15289 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15290 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15291 arguments match\".")
15293 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15295 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15296 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15297 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15299 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15301 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15303 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15305 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15306 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15307 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15308 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15312 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15313 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15315 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15319 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15320 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15321 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15322 for more information.
15324 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15328 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15329 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15330 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17851 10861))
15331 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15333 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15334 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15336 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15338 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15341 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15343 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15346 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15348 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15351 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15353 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15354 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15355 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15356 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15357 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15359 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15361 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15362 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15363 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15364 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15365 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15367 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15371 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15372 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15373 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17851 10868))
15374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15376 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15377 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15378 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15379 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15380 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15382 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15384 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15385 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15387 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15389 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15390 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15391 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15392 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15393 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15394 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15395 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15396 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15398 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15400 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15401 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15402 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15403 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15404 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15406 This variable is only used if the variable
15407 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15409 More precise choices:
15410 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15411 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15414 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15416 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15418 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15419 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15421 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15422 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15423 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15425 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15426 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15427 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15428 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15431 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15433 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15437 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15438 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15439 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15440 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17870 6128))
15441 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15443 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15444 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15446 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15447 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15448 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15450 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15451 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15452 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15453 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15454 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15455 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15456 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15457 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15458 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15459 with the top-level Info directory.
15461 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15462 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15463 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15464 appended to the Info buffer name.
15466 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15467 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15468 in all the directories in that path.
15470 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15472 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15473 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15477 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15478 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15479 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15480 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15484 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15485 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15486 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15487 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15489 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15491 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15492 Go to the Info directory node.
15496 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15497 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15498 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15499 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15500 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15501 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15503 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15505 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15506 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15507 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15509 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15511 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15512 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15513 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15514 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15515 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15517 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15518 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15520 Selecting other nodes:
15521 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15522 Follow a node reference you click on.
15523 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15524 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15525 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15526 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15527 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15528 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15529 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15530 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15531 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15532 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15533 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15534 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15535 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15536 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15537 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15538 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15539 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15540 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15541 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15542 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15544 Moving within a node:
15545 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15546 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15547 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15548 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15549 move up to the parent node.
15550 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15551 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15553 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15556 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15557 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15558 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15559 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15560 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15561 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15562 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15563 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15564 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15565 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15566 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15567 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15568 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15569 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15570 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15571 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15574 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15576 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15577 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15578 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15579 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15580 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15581 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15583 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15584 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15586 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15587 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15589 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15590 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15591 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15592 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15596 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15597 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15598 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15604 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15605 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15606 ;;;;;; (17880 31192))
15607 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15609 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15610 Throw away all cached data.
15611 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15612 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15616 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15618 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15619 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15620 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15621 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15622 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15623 one found at point.
15625 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15627 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15628 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15630 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15631 Display the documentation of a file.
15632 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15633 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15634 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15635 The default file name is the one found at point.
15637 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15639 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15641 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15642 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15644 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15646 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15647 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15649 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15653 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15654 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17851 10835))
15655 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15657 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15658 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15660 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15662 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15663 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15664 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15668 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15669 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15670 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15672 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15673 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15680 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15681 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17851 10835))
15682 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15684 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15685 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15687 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15689 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15690 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15691 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15693 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15694 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15695 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15697 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15698 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15699 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15700 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15704 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15705 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15706 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15710 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15711 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15712 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15713 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15714 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15720 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15721 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15722 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
15723 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15725 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15726 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15730 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15731 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15735 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15738 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15742 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17854
15744 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15746 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15747 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15748 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15749 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15750 accessed via isearchb.
15756 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15757 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15758 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15759 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17851 10860))
15760 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15762 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15763 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15764 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15765 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15767 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15769 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15770 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15771 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15772 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15774 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15776 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15777 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15778 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15779 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15781 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15783 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15784 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15785 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15786 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15788 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15790 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15791 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15792 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15793 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15795 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15797 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15798 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15799 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15800 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15802 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15804 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15805 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15806 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15807 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15809 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15811 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15812 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15813 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15814 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15816 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15818 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15819 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15820 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15821 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15823 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15825 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15826 Warn that format is read-only.
15830 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15831 Warn that format is write-only.
15835 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15836 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15843 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
15844 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15845 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15846 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15847 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15851 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15852 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15853 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15854 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15855 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15856 ;;;;;; (17875 14313))
15857 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15858 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15860 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15861 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15862 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15863 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15865 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15866 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15868 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15869 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15870 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15872 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15873 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15876 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15878 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15880 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15882 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15884 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15886 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15888 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15890 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15891 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15893 Each element of this list is also a list:
15895 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15896 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15898 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15899 nil means the default dictionary.
15901 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
15903 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15905 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15906 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15907 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15908 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15909 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15910 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15911 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15912 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15913 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15915 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
15916 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15917 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15918 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15919 for non-ASCII bytes.
15921 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15922 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15925 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15928 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15929 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15930 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15931 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15932 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15933 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15934 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15935 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15937 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15939 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15940 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15941 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15943 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15944 Key map for ispell menu.")
15946 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15947 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15948 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15949 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15951 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15953 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15955 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15957 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15959 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15960 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15961 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15962 Valid forms include:
15963 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15964 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15965 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15966 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15968 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15969 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15970 First list is used raw.
15971 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15973 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15974 for skipping in latex mode.")
15976 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15977 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15978 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15979 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15980 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15981 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15983 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15984 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15985 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15986 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15988 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15989 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15990 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15991 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15992 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15994 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15995 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15997 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15998 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16000 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16001 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16004 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16005 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16006 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16007 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16008 quit spell session exited.
16010 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16012 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16013 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16014 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16016 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16018 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16019 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16023 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16024 SPC: Accept word this time.
16025 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16026 `a': Accept word for this session.
16027 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16028 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16029 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16030 `?': Show these commands.
16031 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16032 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16033 the aborted check to be completed later.
16034 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16035 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16036 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16037 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16038 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16039 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16040 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16044 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16045 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16046 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16048 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16050 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16051 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16052 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16053 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16055 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16057 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16059 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16060 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16061 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16062 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16064 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16066 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16067 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16071 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16072 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16076 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16077 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16081 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16082 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16083 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16084 sequence inside of a word.
16086 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16088 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16090 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16091 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16095 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16096 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16097 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16098 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16100 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16101 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16102 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16103 available on the net.
16107 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16108 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16109 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16111 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16112 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16114 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16115 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16119 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16120 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16121 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16122 Don't check included messages.
16124 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16125 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16126 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16128 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16129 in your .emacs file:
16130 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16131 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16132 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16133 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16135 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16136 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16137 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16143 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17838
16145 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16147 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16148 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16149 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16151 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16152 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16154 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16156 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16157 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16158 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16159 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16160 `iswitchb' for details.
16162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16166 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16167 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16168 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16169 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17851 10861))
16170 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16172 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16177 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16178 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16179 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16180 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16181 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16182 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16183 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16184 necessary to represent OBJ.
16186 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16188 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16189 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16190 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16191 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16193 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16195 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16196 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16197 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16198 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16199 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16201 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16203 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16204 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16205 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16206 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16208 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16210 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16211 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16212 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16213 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16215 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16217 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16218 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16220 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16222 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16223 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16224 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16225 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16226 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16228 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16230 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16231 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16232 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16233 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16234 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16236 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16238 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16239 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16240 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16242 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16246 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16247 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17853 24757))
16248 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16250 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16251 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16252 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16253 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16255 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16258 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16260 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16261 Uninstall jka-compr.
16262 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16263 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16264 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16270 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16271 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16272 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
16273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16275 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16276 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16277 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16278 decimal key must be specified.")
16280 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16282 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16283 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16284 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16285 decimal key must be specified.")
16287 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16289 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16290 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16291 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16292 decimal key must be specified.")
16294 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16296 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16297 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16298 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16299 decimal key must be specified.")
16301 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16303 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16304 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16305 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16306 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16307 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16311 -------------------------------------------------------------
16312 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16313 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16314 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16315 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16316 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16317 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16318 in the global and local keymaps.
16320 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16321 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16323 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16327 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16328 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16331 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16332 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16333 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16335 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16336 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16337 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16338 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16341 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16342 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16343 the context of text formatting.
16345 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16349 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17851
16351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16353 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16354 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16355 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16356 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16357 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16358 positions that contains the current selection.")
16360 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16361 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16362 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16363 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16364 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16365 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16366 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16368 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16372 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16373 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16374 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16375 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17851 10836))
16376 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16377 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16378 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16379 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16380 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16381 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16382 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16383 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16385 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16386 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16387 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16388 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16389 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16391 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16393 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16394 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16395 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16397 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16398 defining the macro.
16400 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16401 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16402 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16404 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16405 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16409 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16410 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16411 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16412 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16413 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16416 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16417 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16418 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16422 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16423 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16424 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16426 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16427 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16428 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16429 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16431 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16432 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16434 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16436 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16437 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16438 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16440 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16443 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16444 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16446 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16447 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16448 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16450 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16451 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16455 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16456 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16457 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16458 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16460 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16462 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16463 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16464 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16465 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16467 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16468 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16470 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16472 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16473 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16474 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16476 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16480 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16481 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16482 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
16483 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16485 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16487 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16490 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16492 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16495 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16497 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16500 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16504 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16505 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17851 10861))
16506 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16508 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16509 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16510 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16512 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16519 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16520 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
16521 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16523 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16525 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16526 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16530 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16532 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16533 Start or resume an Lm game.
16534 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16535 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16537 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16538 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16539 none / 1 | yes | no
16544 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16545 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16546 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16552 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16553 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16554 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17851
16556 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16558 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16561 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16563 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16564 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16565 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16566 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16567 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16568 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16570 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16571 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16573 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16575 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16576 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16578 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16580 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16583 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16585 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16586 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16587 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16588 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16591 The return value is number of composed characters.
16593 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16595 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16598 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16602 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16603 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16604 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17851 10860))
16605 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16607 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16608 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16609 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16610 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16612 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16614 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16615 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16616 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16618 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16620 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16621 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16622 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16626 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16627 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16628 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16629 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16631 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16635 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16636 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17875 14313))
16637 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16639 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16640 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16641 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16642 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16643 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16644 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16645 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16646 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16648 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16649 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16651 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16652 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16654 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16656 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16657 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16658 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16659 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16660 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16661 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16662 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16663 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16665 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16667 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16668 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16669 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16670 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16673 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16675 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16679 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16680 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
16681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16683 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16685 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16687 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16688 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16694 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16695 ;;;;;; (17851 10837))
16696 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16698 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16699 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16701 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16702 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16704 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16705 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16707 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16708 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16709 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16710 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16711 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16712 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16713 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16714 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16715 and transmit saved text.
16718 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16719 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16723 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16730 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17851 10866))
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16733 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16734 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16735 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16736 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16737 generations (this defaults to 1).
16739 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16743 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17871
16745 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16747 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16748 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16749 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16750 is nil, raise an error.
16752 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16753 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16754 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16755 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16756 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16757 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16758 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16759 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16760 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16762 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16766 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16767 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17851 10838))
16768 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16770 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16771 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16772 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16774 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16776 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16777 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16778 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16779 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16781 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16782 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16783 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16784 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16785 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16786 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16789 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16790 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16792 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16793 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16795 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16797 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16798 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16799 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16800 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16801 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16802 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16803 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16804 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16805 to constrain a big search.
16807 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16808 except that FILTER is not optional.
16810 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16814 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17851 10838))
16815 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16817 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16818 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16819 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16820 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16821 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16822 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16823 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16824 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16825 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16826 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16827 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16828 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16829 uses the current buffer.
16831 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16835 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17851
16837 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16839 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16840 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16846 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17851
16848 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16850 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16851 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16852 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16853 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16854 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16856 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16857 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16858 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16860 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16861 are indicated with a symbol.
16863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16867 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16868 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17851
16870 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16872 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16874 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16876 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16877 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16878 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16880 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16881 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16883 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16884 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16885 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16886 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16887 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16888 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16889 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16891 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16893 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16894 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16895 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16896 switch on this list.
16897 See `lpr-command'.")
16899 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16901 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16902 *Name of program for printing a file.
16904 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16905 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16906 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16907 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16908 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16909 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16912 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16914 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16915 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16916 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16917 for customization of the printer command.
16921 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16922 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16924 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16925 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16926 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16927 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16929 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16930 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16932 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16933 for further customization of the printer command.
16937 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16938 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16939 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16940 for customization of the printer command.
16942 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16944 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16945 Paginate and print the region contents.
16947 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16948 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16949 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16950 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16952 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16953 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16955 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16956 for further customization of the printer command.
16958 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16962 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16963 ;;;;;; (17851 39451))
16964 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16966 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16967 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16968 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16970 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
16974 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17851
16976 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16978 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16979 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16980 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16982 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16988 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17851
16990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16992 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16993 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17000 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17001 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
17002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17004 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17005 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17006 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17007 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17008 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17010 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17014 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17015 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17851 10838))
17016 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17018 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17019 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17020 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17021 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17022 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17024 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17026 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17027 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17028 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17029 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17031 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17032 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17033 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17034 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17037 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17038 use this command, and then save the file.
17040 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17042 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17043 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17044 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17045 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17046 each time the macro executes.
17047 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17048 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17049 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17050 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17051 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17052 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17053 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17057 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17058 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17059 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17060 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17062 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17063 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17064 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17067 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17068 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17070 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17071 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17072 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17073 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17074 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17076 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17079 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17080 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17081 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17083 You could enter the names in this format:
17089 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17092 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17095 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17096 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17098 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17099 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17103 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17104 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17851 10861))
17105 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17107 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17108 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17109 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17110 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17111 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17112 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17114 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17115 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17116 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17117 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17118 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17120 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17121 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17122 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17125 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17127 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17128 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17130 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17134 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17135 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17136 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17137 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17139 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17140 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17144 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17149 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17150 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17152 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17154 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17155 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17156 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17159 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17165 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17166 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17167 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17851
17169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17171 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17172 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17173 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17174 often correct parser.")
17176 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17178 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17181 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17183 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17184 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17185 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17186 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17188 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17190 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17191 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17192 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17193 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17195 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17197 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17198 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17199 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17200 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17201 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17202 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17203 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17206 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17208 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17209 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17210 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17211 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17212 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17213 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17215 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17219 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17220 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17851 10862))
17221 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17223 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17224 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17228 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17229 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17230 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17232 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17234 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17235 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17236 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17238 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17242 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17243 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17851
17245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17247 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17248 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17249 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17251 If `parens', they look like:
17252 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17253 If `angles', they look like:
17254 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17256 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17258 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17259 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17260 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17261 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17262 their `Resent-' variants.
17264 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17265 removed from alias expansions.
17267 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17269 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17270 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17271 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17273 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17274 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17275 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17276 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17278 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17280 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17281 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17282 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17283 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17289 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17290 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17291 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17293 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17294 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17295 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17296 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17302 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17303 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17304 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17851 10868))
17305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17307 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17308 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17310 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17311 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17312 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17313 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17314 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17315 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17317 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17318 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17319 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17320 dependency, despite the colon.
17322 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17324 In the browser, use the following keys:
17326 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17328 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17330 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17331 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17333 `makefile-target-colon':
17334 The string that gets appended to all target names
17335 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17336 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17338 `makefile-macro-assign':
17339 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17340 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17341 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17342 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17343 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17344 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17346 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17347 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17348 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17350 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17351 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17353 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17354 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17355 up or down in the browser.
17357 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17358 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17360 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17361 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17363 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17364 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17365 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17366 has been selected in the browser.
17368 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17369 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17370 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17371 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17372 filenames are omitted.
17374 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17375 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17376 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17377 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17378 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17379 the backslash itself intact.
17380 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17381 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17383 `makefile-browser-hook':
17384 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17385 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17387 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17388 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17389 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17390 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17394 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17395 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17399 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17400 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17404 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17405 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17409 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17410 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17414 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17415 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17421 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17851
17423 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17425 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17426 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17427 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17433 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17851 10838))
17434 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17436 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17438 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17439 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17440 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17441 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17442 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17443 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17444 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17446 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17447 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17448 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17449 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17451 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17453 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17454 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17456 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17460 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17851 10838))
17461 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17463 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17464 Toggle Master mode.
17465 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17466 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17467 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17469 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17470 following commands:
17472 \\{master-mode-map}
17474 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17475 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17476 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17482 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17851
17484 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17486 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17488 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17489 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17490 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17492 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17493 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17495 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17497 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17498 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17499 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17500 created in the future.
17501 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17502 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17508 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17509 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17510 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17511 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17512 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17513 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17514 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17515 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17516 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17517 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17518 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17851 10858))
17519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17521 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17522 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17524 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17526 If `parens', they look like:
17527 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17528 If `angles', they look like:
17529 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17531 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17532 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17534 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17536 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17537 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17539 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17541 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17542 *Local news organization file.")
17544 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17546 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17547 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17548 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17549 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17551 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17552 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17553 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17555 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17557 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17559 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17560 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17562 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17563 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17564 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17565 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17567 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17569 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17570 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17571 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17572 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17574 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17576 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17577 *Function for citing an original message.
17578 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17579 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17580 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17582 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17584 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17585 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17586 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17587 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17588 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17590 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17592 (defvar message-signature t "\
17593 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17594 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17595 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17596 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17598 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17600 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17601 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17602 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17603 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17605 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17607 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17608 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17610 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17612 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17614 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17615 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17616 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17617 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17618 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17619 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17620 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17621 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17622 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17623 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17624 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17625 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17626 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17627 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17628 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17629 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17630 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17631 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17632 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17633 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17634 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17635 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17636 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17637 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17638 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17639 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17640 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17641 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17642 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17643 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17644 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17645 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17646 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17647 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17648 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17649 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17650 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17654 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17655 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17656 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17658 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17660 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17661 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17663 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17665 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17666 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17668 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17670 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17671 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17673 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17675 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17676 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17677 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17679 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17681 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17682 Cancel an article you posted.
17683 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17687 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17688 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17689 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17690 header line with the old Message-ID.
17694 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17695 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17699 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17700 Forward the current message via mail.
17701 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17702 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17704 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17706 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17709 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17711 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17714 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17716 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17717 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17721 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17722 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17724 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17726 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17727 Re-mail the current message.
17728 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17729 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17734 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17735 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17737 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17739 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17740 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17742 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17744 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17745 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17747 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17749 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17750 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17752 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17754 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17755 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17756 Works by overstriking characters.
17757 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17758 which specify the range to operate on.
17760 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17762 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17763 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17764 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17765 which specify the range to operate on.
17767 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17771 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17772 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
17773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17775 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17776 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17780 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17781 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17785 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17786 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17790 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17791 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17797 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17798 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17799 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17800 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17802 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17803 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17804 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17808 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17809 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17810 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17811 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17812 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17813 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17814 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17816 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17818 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17819 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17820 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17821 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17822 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17824 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17825 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17827 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17829 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17830 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17831 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17832 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17833 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17835 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17836 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17838 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17842 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17843 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17844 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17851 10863))
17845 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17847 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17848 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17849 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17853 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17854 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17855 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17859 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17860 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17862 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17863 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17864 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17866 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17867 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17869 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17870 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17872 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17874 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17876 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17877 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17878 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17879 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17880 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17883 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17884 initial Subject field, respectively.
17886 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17887 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17890 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17893 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17895 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17896 Save draft and send message.
17898 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17899 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17900 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17903 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17904 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17905 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17907 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17908 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17909 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17910 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17911 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17912 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17914 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17915 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17919 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17920 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17922 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17923 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17924 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17925 delete the draft message.
17931 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17851 10863))
17932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17934 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17936 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17938 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17940 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17941 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17947 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17948 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17851 10863))
17949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17951 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17952 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17953 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17955 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17956 the MH mail system.
17958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17960 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17961 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17962 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17964 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17965 the MH mail system.
17967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17969 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17970 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17972 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17973 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17974 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17977 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17978 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17979 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17982 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17986 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17987 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17988 can be used in several ways.
17990 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17991 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17992 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17993 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17997 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17998 The range must be nonempty.
18003 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18004 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18011 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18014 All of the messages.
18016 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18017 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18019 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18020 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18021 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18023 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18029 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18030 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17851 10838))
18031 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18033 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18034 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18035 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18036 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18037 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18038 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18039 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18040 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18041 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18042 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18043 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18047 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18048 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18049 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18050 to its second argument TM.
18052 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18056 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18057 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17851 10838))
18058 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18060 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18061 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18062 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18063 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18064 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18065 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18067 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18069 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18070 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18071 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18072 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18073 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18074 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18075 default indication.
18077 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18078 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18084 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18085 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
18086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18088 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18089 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18094 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18098 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18099 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18100 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18103 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18106 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18108 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18111 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18113 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18114 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18115 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18118 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18122 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18123 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17851 10858))
18124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18126 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18127 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18129 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18131 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18132 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18133 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18134 the entire message.
18135 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18137 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18141 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18142 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
18143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18145 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18146 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18147 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18148 the entire message.
18149 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18151 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18155 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18156 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17851 10858))
18157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18159 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18160 Insert file contents of URL.
18161 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18163 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18165 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18166 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18168 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18172 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18173 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17851 10858))
18174 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18176 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18177 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18178 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18179 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18180 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18182 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18184 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18185 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18186 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18188 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18192 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18193 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
18194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18196 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18199 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18201 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18204 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18208 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18209 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18210 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17851 10858))
18211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18213 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18216 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18218 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18221 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18223 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18226 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18228 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18231 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18233 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18236 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18238 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18241 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18243 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18250 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18251 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18254 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18255 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18256 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18257 followed by the first character of the construct.
18259 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18260 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18261 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18262 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18263 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18264 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18265 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18266 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18267 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18268 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18269 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18270 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18271 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18274 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18275 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18276 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18283 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18286 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18287 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18289 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18291 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18292 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18294 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18298 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17851
18300 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18302 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18303 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18304 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18306 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18307 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18309 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18311 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18312 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18313 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18314 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18316 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18318 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18320 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18322 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18323 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18324 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18325 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18326 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18327 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18329 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18330 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18331 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18332 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18333 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18335 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18336 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18338 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18339 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18341 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18343 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18344 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18345 primary selection and region.
18347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18351 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17863 20633))
18352 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18354 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18355 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18361 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17851 10838))
18362 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18364 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18365 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18366 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18368 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18369 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18371 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18373 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18375 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18376 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18377 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18383 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18384 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18385 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18386 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18387 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18388 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
18389 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18391 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18392 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18393 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18394 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18395 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18396 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18397 set of ISO charsets.
18399 Each element has the following format:
18400 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18402 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18404 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18405 CHARSET are mapped.
18407 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18408 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18409 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18410 character code in CHARSET.
18412 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18413 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18414 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18416 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18417 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18419 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18420 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18422 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18423 Display a list of all character sets.
18425 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18426 internal Emacs use.
18428 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18429 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18430 hexadecimal digits.
18431 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18432 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18434 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18435 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18436 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18437 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18439 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18440 but still shows the full information.
18444 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18445 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18446 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18447 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18448 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18450 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18451 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18452 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18453 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18454 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18456 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18458 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18459 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18460 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18461 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18462 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18464 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18466 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18467 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18469 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18471 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18472 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18474 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18476 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18477 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18479 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18480 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18482 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18483 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18484 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18485 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18486 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18487 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18488 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18489 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18490 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18491 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18492 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18493 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18494 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18495 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18496 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18497 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18501 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18502 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18506 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18507 Display a list of all coding systems.
18508 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18510 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18511 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18515 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18516 Display a list of all coding categories.
18520 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18521 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18522 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18524 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18526 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18527 Display information about FONTSET.
18528 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18530 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18532 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18533 Display a list of all fontsets.
18534 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18535 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18536 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18540 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18541 Display information about all input methods.
18545 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18546 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18548 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18549 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18550 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18551 system which uses fontsets).
18557 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18558 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18559 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18560 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18561 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18562 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17851 10860))
18563 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18565 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18566 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18567 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18569 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18571 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18573 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18574 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18576 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18577 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18579 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18580 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18582 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18584 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18585 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18586 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18587 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18588 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18589 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18590 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18592 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18593 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18594 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18595 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18596 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18597 middle of a character in STR.
18599 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18600 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18602 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18603 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18604 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18605 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18606 defaults to \"...\".
18608 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18610 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18611 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18613 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18614 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18615 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18617 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18618 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18619 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18621 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18622 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18623 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18625 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18626 longer than KEYSEQ.
18627 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18629 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18631 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18632 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18633 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18634 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18635 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18636 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18637 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18638 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18639 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18640 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18641 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18643 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18645 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18646 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18648 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18650 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18651 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18653 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18655 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18656 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18658 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18660 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18661 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18663 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18665 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18666 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18667 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18668 coding systems ordered by priority.
18670 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18672 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18673 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18674 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18675 language environment LANG-ENV.
18677 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18679 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18680 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18681 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18682 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18683 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18684 basis, this may not be accurate.
18686 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18690 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18691 ;;;;;; (17851 10838))
18692 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18694 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18695 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18696 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18698 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18699 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18701 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18703 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18704 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18705 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18706 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18710 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18711 Enable mouse wheel support.
18713 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18717 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18718 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18719 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18720 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17851 10863))
18721 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18723 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18724 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18726 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18728 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18730 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18731 `ping-program-options'.
18735 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18736 Run ipconfig program.
18740 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18742 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18743 Run netstat program.
18747 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18748 Run the arp program.
18752 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18753 Run the route program.
18757 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18758 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18762 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18763 Run nslookup program.
18767 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18768 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18772 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18777 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18782 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18783 Finger USER on HOST.
18785 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18787 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18788 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18789 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18790 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18792 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18794 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18799 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18800 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18802 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18804 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18805 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18807 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18811 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18812 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18813 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18814 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18815 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18816 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17851 10839))
18817 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18819 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18821 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18823 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18825 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18827 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18828 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18829 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18830 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18831 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18832 Major modes should set this variable.")
18834 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18835 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18836 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18837 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18838 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18839 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18841 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18842 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18844 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18845 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18846 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18848 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18849 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18850 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18851 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18852 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18854 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18855 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18856 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18858 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18859 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18860 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18861 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18863 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18864 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18865 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18866 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18867 column indentation or nil.
18868 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18870 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18871 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18872 The function has no args.
18874 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18875 comments always start in column zero.")
18877 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18878 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18879 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18881 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18883 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18884 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18885 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18886 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18888 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18889 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18891 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18893 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18894 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18895 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18896 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18897 customize this variable.
18899 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18900 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18902 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18904 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18905 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18906 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18907 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18908 the variables are properly set.
18910 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18912 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18913 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18917 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18918 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18919 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18921 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18923 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18924 Set the comment column based on point.
18925 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18926 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18927 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18928 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18932 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18933 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18934 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18938 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18939 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18940 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18943 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18945 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18946 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18947 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18948 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18949 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18950 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18951 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18952 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18954 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18955 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18957 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18959 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18960 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18961 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18962 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18964 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18966 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18967 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18968 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18969 is passed on to the respective function.
18971 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18973 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18974 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18975 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18976 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18977 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18978 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18979 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18980 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18981 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18985 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18986 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18987 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18989 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
18991 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18992 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18993 This indents the body of the continued comment
18994 under the previous comment line.
18996 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18997 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18998 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19000 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19001 or comment indentation.
19003 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19004 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19006 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19010 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19011 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19012 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17873 60335))
19013 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19015 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19016 Check whether newsticker is running.
19017 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19018 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19022 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19023 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19024 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19025 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19030 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19031 Start the newsticker.
19032 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19033 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19034 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19035 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19037 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19039 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19040 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19041 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19046 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19047 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19053 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19054 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
19055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19057 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19058 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19060 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19064 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17851
19066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19068 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19069 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19070 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19071 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19072 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19073 symbol in the alist.
19075 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19079 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19080 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
19081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19083 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19084 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19085 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19091 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19092 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
19093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19095 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19096 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19097 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19103 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19104 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
19105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19107 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19108 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19110 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19114 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19115 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17851 10859))
19116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19118 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19119 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19123 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19124 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19128 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19129 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19135 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19136 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17851 10839))
19137 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19139 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19140 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19141 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19143 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19145 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19148 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19150 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19151 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19152 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19153 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19154 to future sessions.
19156 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19158 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19159 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19160 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19161 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19162 to future sessions.
19164 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19168 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19169 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
19170 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19172 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19173 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19175 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19176 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19177 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19183 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19184 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19187 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19188 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19189 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19190 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19191 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19197 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19198 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19201 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19202 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19203 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19205 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19207 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19208 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19210 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19211 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19212 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19216 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19220 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19221 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19224 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19225 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19227 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19228 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19229 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19230 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19232 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19233 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19234 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19235 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19236 is why you need this mode!).
19238 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19239 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19240 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19242 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19247 \\{octave-mode-map}
19249 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19250 ==============================================
19253 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19256 octave-auto-newline
19257 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19260 octave-blink-matching-block
19261 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19262 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19264 octave-block-offset
19265 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19268 octave-continuation-offset
19269 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19272 octave-continuation-string
19273 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19274 Default is a backslash.
19276 octave-mode-startup-message
19277 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19280 octave-send-echo-input
19281 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19282 command to the inferior Octave process.
19284 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19285 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19286 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19288 octave-send-echo-input
19289 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19291 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19293 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19294 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19296 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19297 (setq auto-mode-alist
19298 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19300 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19301 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19303 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19307 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19308 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19310 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19311 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19312 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19313 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19319 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19320 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19321 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19322 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19323 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19324 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19325 ;;;;;; (17871 15754))
19326 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19328 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19329 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19330 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19332 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19333 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19334 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19335 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19336 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19337 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19338 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19339 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19340 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19341 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19343 The following commands are available:
19349 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19350 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19352 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19353 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19354 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19355 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19356 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19358 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19359 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19360 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19361 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19362 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19363 and zoom in further.
19364 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19366 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19367 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19368 is negative, go up that many levels.
19370 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19371 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19372 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19374 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19375 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19379 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19380 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19384 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19385 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19386 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19387 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19389 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19390 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19391 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19392 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19393 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19394 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19395 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19396 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19398 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19399 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19400 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19402 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19403 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19404 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19408 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19409 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19410 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19411 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19412 before running the agenda command.
19414 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19416 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19417 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19418 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19419 will be able to go to other weeks.
19420 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19421 also be shown, under the current date.
19422 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19423 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19424 to turn on logging.
19425 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19426 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19427 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19429 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19431 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19432 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19433 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19434 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19435 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19436 `org-todo-keywords'.
19440 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19441 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19442 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19443 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19447 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19448 Return diary information from org-files.
19449 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19450 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19451 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19452 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19454 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19455 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19456 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19458 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19459 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19460 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19461 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19463 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19464 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19465 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19467 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19468 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19469 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19470 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19472 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19474 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19476 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19477 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19481 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19482 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19485 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19487 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19488 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19489 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19491 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19493 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19494 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19495 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19497 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19499 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19500 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19501 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19502 \\[org-insert-link].
19503 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19504 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19505 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19509 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19510 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19511 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19512 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19513 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19517 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19518 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19519 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19520 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19524 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19525 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19526 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19527 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19528 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19529 file the text at a specific location.
19530 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19531 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19532 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19534 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19535 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19536 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19537 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19538 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19539 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19540 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19541 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19543 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19544 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19545 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19546 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19548 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19549 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19550 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19552 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19553 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19554 \(i.e. after the stars).
19556 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19560 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19561 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19565 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19566 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19570 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19571 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19572 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19573 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19577 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19578 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19579 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19580 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19584 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19585 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19586 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19592 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19593 ;;;;;; (17882 17519))
19594 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19595 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19597 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19598 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19599 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19600 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19602 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19603 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19604 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19605 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19607 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19608 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19609 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19610 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19611 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19612 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19614 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19615 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19616 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19618 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19619 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19620 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19621 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19622 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19623 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19624 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19625 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19626 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19627 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19628 The subheadings remain visible.
19629 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19631 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19632 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19633 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19635 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19636 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19640 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19641 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19642 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19643 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17851
19651 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19652 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19653 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19654 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19655 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19656 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19657 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19658 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19659 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19660 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19664 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17851 10839))
19665 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19667 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19668 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19669 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19671 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19672 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19674 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19676 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19677 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19678 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19679 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19681 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19682 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19688 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19689 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
19690 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19692 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19693 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19694 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19695 unknown are returned as nil.
19697 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19701 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17851
19703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19705 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19706 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19707 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19709 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19710 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19712 Other useful functions are:
19714 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19715 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19716 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19717 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19718 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19719 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19720 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19721 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19722 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19724 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19726 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19727 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19728 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19729 Indentation for case statements.
19730 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19731 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19733 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19734 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19735 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19736 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19737 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19738 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19739 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19740 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19741 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19742 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19744 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19745 pascal-separator-keywords.
19747 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19748 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19754 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19755 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
19756 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19758 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19759 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19760 The keys affected are:
19761 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19762 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19763 M-Backspace does undo.
19764 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19765 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19766 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19772 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19773 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17851 10853))
19774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19776 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19777 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19778 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19779 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19780 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19781 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19783 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19785 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19786 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19788 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19790 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19791 which modify the status of the mark.
19793 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19794 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19796 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19797 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19799 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19800 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19801 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19802 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19803 turning PC Selection mode on.
19805 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19806 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19808 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19809 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19810 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19812 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19813 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19814 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19816 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19817 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19819 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19820 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19821 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19823 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19824 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19825 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19831 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19832 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19837 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19838 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19839 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19840 and cursor movement commands.
19841 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19843 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19845 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19849 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17851
19851 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19853 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19854 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19860 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19861 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17851 10839))
19862 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19864 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19865 Completion for `gzip'.
19869 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19870 Completion for `bzip2'.
19874 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19875 Completion for GNU `make'.
19879 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19880 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19884 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19888 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19889 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17851 10839))
19890 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19892 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19893 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19897 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19898 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19902 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19903 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19909 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17851
19911 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19913 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19914 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19915 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19916 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19917 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19918 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19924 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19925 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19926 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17851 10839))
19927 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19929 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19930 Completion for `cd'.
19934 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19936 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19937 Completion for `rmdir'.
19941 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19942 Completion for `rm'.
19946 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19947 Completion for `xargs'.
19951 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19953 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19954 Completion for `which'.
19958 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19959 Completion for the `chown' command.
19963 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19964 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19970 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19971 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19972 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17851
19974 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19976 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19977 Support extensible programmable completion.
19978 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19979 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19981 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19983 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19984 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19988 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19989 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19990 This will modify the current buffer.
19994 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19995 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19999 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20000 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20001 This will modify the current buffer.
20005 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20006 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20010 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20011 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20015 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20016 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20017 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20018 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20019 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20021 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20023 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20024 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20030 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20031 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20032 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17851 10840))
20033 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20035 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20036 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20037 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20038 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20040 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20042 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20044 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20045 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20046 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20047 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20048 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20049 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20052 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20054 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20055 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20056 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20057 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20058 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20059 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20060 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20061 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20063 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20065 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20066 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20067 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20068 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20069 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20070 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20071 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20074 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20076 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20077 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20078 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20079 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20080 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20081 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20082 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20084 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20086 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20088 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20089 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20090 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20092 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20094 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20095 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20096 nil means never do it.
20097 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20098 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20099 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20101 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20103 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20104 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20105 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17851 10839))
20110 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20112 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20116 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20117 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
20118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20120 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20121 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20122 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20123 Tab indents for Perl code.
20124 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20125 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20126 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20128 Variables controlling indentation style:
20129 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20130 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20131 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20132 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20133 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20134 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20135 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20137 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20138 `perl-indent-level'
20139 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20140 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20141 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20142 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20143 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20144 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20145 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20146 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20147 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20148 `perl-brace-offset'
20149 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20150 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20151 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20152 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20153 `perl-label-offset'
20154 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20155 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20156 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20158 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20159 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20160 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20161 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20162 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20163 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20164 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20166 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20172 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20173 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20174 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20175 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17851 10840))
20176 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20178 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20179 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20181 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20183 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20184 passphrase cache or user.
20186 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20188 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20189 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20191 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20194 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20196 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20197 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20199 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20202 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20203 passphrase cache or user.
20205 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20207 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20208 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20210 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20212 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20215 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20216 passphrase cache or user.
20218 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20220 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20221 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20223 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20224 passphrase cache or user.
20226 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20228 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20229 Decrypt the current buffer.
20231 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20234 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20235 passphrase cache or user.
20237 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20239 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20240 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20242 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20243 a detached signature.
20245 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20246 and the the output is displayed.
20248 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20249 passphrase cache or user.
20251 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20253 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20254 Sign the current buffer.
20256 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20257 detached signature.
20259 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20262 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20263 and the the output is displayed.
20265 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20266 passphrase cache or user.
20268 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20270 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20271 Verify the current region between START and END.
20272 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20273 the detached signature of the current region.
20275 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20276 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20278 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20280 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20281 Verify the current buffer.
20282 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20283 the detached signature of the current region.
20284 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20285 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20286 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20289 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20291 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20292 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20296 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20297 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20299 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20301 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20302 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20308 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20309 ;;;;;; (17887 6558))
20310 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20312 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20313 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20315 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20319 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20320 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
20321 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20323 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20324 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20325 \\<picture-mode-map>
20326 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20327 afterwards settable by these commands:
20329 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20330 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20331 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20332 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20334 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20335 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20336 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20337 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20339 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20340 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20341 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20342 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20344 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20345 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20346 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20347 with these commands:
20349 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20350 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20351 Move to column following last
20352 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20353 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20354 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20355 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20356 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20357 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20359 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20361 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20362 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20363 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20364 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20365 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20366 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20368 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20369 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20370 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20371 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20372 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20373 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20374 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20376 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20377 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20378 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20379 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20380 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20381 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20382 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20383 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20385 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20386 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20387 by supplying an argument.
20389 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20391 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20392 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20396 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20400 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20401 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
20402 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20404 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20405 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20406 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20408 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20412 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17851 10866))
20413 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20415 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20416 Play pong and waste time.
20417 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20418 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20420 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20428 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20429 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17852 50694))
20430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20432 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20433 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20434 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20435 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20437 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20439 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20440 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20444 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20445 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20446 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20447 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20448 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20450 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20452 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20453 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20454 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20456 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20458 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20459 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20460 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20461 Ignores leading comment characters.
20467 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20468 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20469 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20470 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20471 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20472 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20473 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20474 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20475 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20476 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20477 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20478 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20479 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20480 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20481 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20482 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20483 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20484 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20485 ;;;;;; (17866 27909))
20486 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20488 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20489 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20491 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20493 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20495 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20497 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20498 Preview directory using ghostview.
20500 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20501 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20502 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20503 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20505 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20506 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20507 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20508 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20509 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20512 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20514 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20516 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20517 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20519 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20520 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20521 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20522 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20524 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20525 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20526 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20527 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20528 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20531 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20533 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20535 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20536 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20538 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20539 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20540 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20541 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20543 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20544 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20545 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20546 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20547 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20550 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20552 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20554 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20555 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20557 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20559 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20560 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20561 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20562 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20564 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20565 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20566 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20567 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20568 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20571 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20573 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20575 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20576 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20578 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20579 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20580 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20582 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20583 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20584 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20585 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20587 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20589 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20590 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20592 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20593 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20594 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20596 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20597 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20598 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20599 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20601 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20603 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20604 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20606 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20607 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20608 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20610 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20611 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20612 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20613 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20615 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20617 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20618 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20620 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20622 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20623 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20624 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20626 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20627 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20628 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20629 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20631 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20633 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20634 Preview region using ghostview.
20636 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20638 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20640 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20641 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20643 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20645 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20647 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20648 Print region using PostScript printer.
20650 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20652 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20654 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20655 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20657 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20659 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20661 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20662 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20664 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20666 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20668 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20669 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20671 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20673 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20675 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20676 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20678 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20680 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20682 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20683 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20685 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20687 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20689 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20690 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20691 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20692 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20694 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20697 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20698 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20700 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20702 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20704 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20705 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20706 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20707 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20711 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20712 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20713 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20714 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20718 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20719 Print directory using text printer.
20721 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20724 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20725 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20727 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20729 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20731 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20732 Print buffer using text printer.
20736 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20737 Print region using text printer.
20741 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20742 Print major mode using text printer.
20746 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20747 Preview spooled PostScript.
20749 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20750 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20751 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20753 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20754 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20755 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20757 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20759 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20760 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20762 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20763 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20764 instead of sending it to the printer.
20766 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20767 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20768 image in a file with that name.
20770 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20772 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20773 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20775 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20776 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20777 instead of sending it to the printer.
20779 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20780 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20781 image in a file with that name.
20783 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20785 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20786 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20788 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20789 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20790 instead of sending it to the printer.
20792 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20793 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20794 image in a file with that name.
20796 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20798 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20799 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20801 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20803 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20804 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20806 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20808 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20809 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20811 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20813 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20814 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20816 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20818 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20819 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20821 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20823 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20824 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20826 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20827 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20828 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20829 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20831 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20832 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20833 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20834 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20835 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20836 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20839 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20841 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20842 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20846 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20847 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20849 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20851 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20856 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20857 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20861 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20862 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20866 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20867 Toggle printing with faces.
20871 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20876 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20881 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20884 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20886 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20891 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20896 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20897 Toggle upside-down.
20901 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20902 Toggle line number.
20906 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20907 Toggle zebra stripes.
20911 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20912 Toggle printing header.
20916 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20917 Toggle printing header frame.
20921 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20926 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20927 Toggle auto region.
20931 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20936 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20937 Customization of the `printing' group.
20939 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20941 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20942 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20944 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20946 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20947 Help for the printing package.
20949 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20951 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20952 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20956 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20957 Interactively select a text printer.
20961 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20962 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20966 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20967 Show current ps-print settings.
20969 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20971 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20972 Show current printing settings.
20974 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20976 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20977 Show current lpr settings.
20979 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20981 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20982 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20984 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20985 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20986 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20987 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20990 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20992 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20993 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20994 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20996 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20997 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20998 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20999 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21000 current active printer.
21002 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21003 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21004 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21007 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21008 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21009 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21010 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21011 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21014 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21015 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21017 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21019 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21020 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21021 be done using the new current active printer.
21023 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21024 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21027 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21028 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21029 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21030 instead of sending it to the printer.
21032 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21033 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21036 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21039 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21042 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21044 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21045 Fast fire function for text printing.
21047 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21048 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21049 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21050 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21052 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21053 user for a new active text printer.
21055 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21057 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21059 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21060 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21063 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21065 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21068 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21072 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21073 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
21074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21076 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21077 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21078 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21080 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21081 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21082 if that value is non-nil.
21086 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21088 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21089 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21090 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21092 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17851 10840))
21097 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21099 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21100 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21101 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21105 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17851
21107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21109 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21110 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21112 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21114 The following variables hold user options, and can
21115 be set through the `customize' command:
21117 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21119 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21120 `ps-mode-print-function'
21122 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21126 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21129 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21135 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21136 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21137 The keymap for this second window is:
21139 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21142 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21143 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21144 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21145 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21146 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21152 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21153 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21154 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21155 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17851 10840))
21156 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21158 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21159 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21163 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21164 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21165 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21166 changed by setting the variable
21167 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21168 The initial value of this variable is
21169 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21172 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21173 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21174 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21175 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21176 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21177 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21180 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21181 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21182 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21183 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21184 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21185 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21186 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21187 use this value, be sure to have installed
21188 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21189 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21190 documentation of this variable).
21192 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21193 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21194 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21195 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21196 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21197 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21199 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21201 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21203 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21204 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21205 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21207 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21209 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21214 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21215 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21217 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21219 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21223 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21225 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21228 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21230 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21231 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21233 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21236 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21240 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21242 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21245 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21247 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21248 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21252 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21253 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21254 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21256 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21258 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21259 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21260 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21262 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21264 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21271 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21272 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21273 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21274 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21275 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21276 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17880
21278 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21280 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21281 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21282 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21284 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21286 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21287 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21288 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21289 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21291 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21293 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21294 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21298 nil Do not print colors.
21302 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21303 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21305 Any other value is treated as t.")
21307 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21309 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21310 Customization of ps-print group.
21314 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21315 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21317 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21318 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21319 sending it to the printer.
21321 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21322 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21323 image in a file with that name.
21325 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21327 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21328 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21329 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21330 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21331 so it has a way to determine color values.
21333 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21335 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21336 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21337 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21339 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21341 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21342 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21343 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21344 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21345 so it has a way to determine color values.
21347 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21349 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21350 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21351 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21352 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21354 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21358 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21359 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21360 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21361 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21362 so it has a way to determine color values.
21364 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21368 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21369 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21370 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21372 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21374 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21376 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21377 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21378 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21379 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21380 so it has a way to determine color values.
21382 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21384 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21386 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21387 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21389 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21390 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21391 instead of sending it to the printer.
21393 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21394 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21395 image in a file with that name.
21397 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21399 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21400 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21401 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21402 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21403 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21407 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21408 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21409 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21411 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21413 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21414 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21415 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21417 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21419 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21420 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21424 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21425 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21427 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21428 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21430 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21431 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21433 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21435 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21437 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21439 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21440 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21442 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21443 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21445 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21446 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21448 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21450 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21452 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21454 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21455 foreground and background colors respectively.
21457 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21458 bold - use bold font.
21459 italic - use italic font.
21460 underline - put a line under text.
21461 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21462 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21463 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21464 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21465 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21467 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21469 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21473 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21474 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
21475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21477 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21479 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21481 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21483 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21484 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21485 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21486 buffer automatically.
21488 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21489 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21490 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21491 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21492 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21493 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21494 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21496 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21497 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21498 buffer for a list of commands.)
21500 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21502 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21503 Major mode for editing Python files.
21504 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21505 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21506 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21507 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21509 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21510 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21511 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21512 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21513 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21514 \\<python-mode-map>
21515 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21516 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21517 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21518 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21519 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21520 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21522 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21523 effect outside them.
21525 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21526 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21527 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21528 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21529 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21530 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21531 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21532 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21533 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21535 \\{python-mode-map}
21539 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21540 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21541 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21542 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21548 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21549 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
21550 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21552 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21553 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21554 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21557 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21558 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21560 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21561 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21562 them into characters should be done separately.
21564 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21568 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21569 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21570 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21571 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21572 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17859 27906))
21573 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21575 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21576 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21580 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21581 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21582 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21584 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21585 `quail-activate', which see.
21587 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21589 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21590 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21591 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21592 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21593 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21594 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21595 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21597 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21598 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21599 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21600 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21601 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21603 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21605 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21606 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21607 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21608 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21609 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21610 list of candidates.
21612 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21613 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21614 command to be called.
21616 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21617 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21618 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21619 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21621 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21622 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21623 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21624 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21625 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21628 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21629 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21630 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21631 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21633 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21634 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21635 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21636 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21638 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21639 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21640 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21641 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21642 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21643 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21645 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21646 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21647 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21648 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21649 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21650 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21652 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21653 covers Quail translation region.
21655 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21656 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21657 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21658 for it) is inserted.
21660 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21661 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21662 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21664 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21665 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21666 non-Quail commands.
21668 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21670 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21671 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21673 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21674 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21675 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21676 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21677 you type is correctly handled.
21679 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21681 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21682 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21684 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21687 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21689 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21690 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21691 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21692 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21693 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21694 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21695 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21696 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21697 for the translation.
21698 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21700 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21701 it is used to handle KEY.
21703 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21704 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21705 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21706 the following annotation types are supported.
21708 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21709 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21711 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21714 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21715 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21716 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21719 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21720 generated for the following translations.
21722 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21724 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21725 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21727 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21728 which to install MAP.
21730 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21732 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21734 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21735 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21737 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21738 which to install MAP.
21740 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21742 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21744 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21745 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21746 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21747 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21748 a function, or a cons.
21749 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21750 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21751 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21752 for the translation.
21753 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21754 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21755 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21756 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21757 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21759 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21760 it is used to handle KEY.
21762 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21763 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21764 current Quail package.
21766 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21767 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21769 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21771 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21772 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21774 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21775 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21777 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21779 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21780 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21782 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21784 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21785 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21786 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21787 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21788 of the Emacs source tree.
21790 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21791 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21793 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21794 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21797 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21801 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21802 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21803 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17851
21805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21807 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21808 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21809 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21810 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21812 To make use of this do something like:
21814 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21816 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21818 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21819 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21821 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21822 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21823 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21825 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21827 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21828 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21830 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21832 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21833 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21835 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21838 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21840 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21841 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21843 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21844 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21845 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21847 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21849 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21850 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21852 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21854 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21855 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21859 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21860 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21862 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21864 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21868 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21869 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21875 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21876 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17851 10864))
21877 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21879 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21881 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21885 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21887 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21890 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21892 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21893 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21894 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21897 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21899 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21901 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21902 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21908 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17851
21910 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21912 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21913 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21916 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21920 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21921 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
21922 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21924 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21926 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21927 Construct a regexp interactively.
21933 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17851 10841))
21934 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21936 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21937 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21938 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21940 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21941 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21943 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21945 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21946 Toggle recentf mode.
21947 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21948 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21950 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21951 that were operated on recently.
21953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21957 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21958 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21959 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21960 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17851
21962 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21964 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21965 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21966 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21967 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21969 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21971 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21973 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21974 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21975 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21976 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21979 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21980 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21983 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21985 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21986 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21987 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21989 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21990 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21993 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21995 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21996 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21997 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21999 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22001 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22002 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22004 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22005 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22007 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22010 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22011 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22012 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22013 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22016 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22018 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22019 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22023 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22024 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22025 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22026 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22027 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22028 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22029 and point is at the lower right corner.
22031 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22033 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22034 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22036 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22037 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22039 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22040 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22041 on the right side of the rectangle.
22043 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22045 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22047 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22048 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22049 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22050 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22051 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22053 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22054 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22056 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22058 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22059 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22060 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22062 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22064 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22066 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22068 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22069 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22071 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22072 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22073 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22075 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22077 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22078 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22079 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22081 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22082 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22083 rectangle which were empty.
22085 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22089 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17851
22091 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22093 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22094 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22095 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22097 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22098 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22099 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22105 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22106 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17851 10872))
22107 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22109 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22110 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22114 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22115 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22117 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22118 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22120 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22121 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22122 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22125 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22126 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22127 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22129 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22130 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22131 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22133 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22134 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22136 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22137 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22139 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22140 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22143 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22147 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22148 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22149 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22155 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22156 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22157 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22159 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22160 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22161 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22162 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22163 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22164 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22166 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22168 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22170 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22171 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22172 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22173 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22174 `reftex-cite-format'.
22176 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22177 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22178 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22179 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22181 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22185 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22186 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22187 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22189 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22190 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22191 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22192 the current TeX document.
22194 With no argument, this command toggles
22195 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22196 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22202 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22203 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22204 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22206 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22207 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22208 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22210 To insert new phrases, use
22211 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22212 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22214 To index phrases use one of:
22216 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22217 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22218 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22219 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22220 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22222 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22223 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22225 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22227 Here are all local bindings.
22229 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22235 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22236 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22237 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22239 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22240 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22241 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22244 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17851
22250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22251 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22252 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22253 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22254 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22258 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22259 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
22260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22262 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22263 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22264 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22265 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22266 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22267 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22269 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22270 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22272 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22275 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22277 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22278 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22279 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22280 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22282 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22286 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17851 10841))
22287 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22289 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22290 Repeat most recently executed command.
22291 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22292 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22293 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22295 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22296 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22297 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22299 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22303 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22304 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22307 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22308 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22310 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22311 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22312 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22313 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22314 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22315 and point is left after the salutation.
22317 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22318 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22319 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22320 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22321 left after that text.
22323 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22326 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22327 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22328 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22329 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22331 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22335 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22336 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
22337 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22339 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22340 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22341 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22342 visibility of comments that precede it.
22343 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22344 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22345 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22346 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22347 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22348 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22349 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22350 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22352 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22353 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22354 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22355 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22356 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22359 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22363 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17851
22365 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22367 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22368 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22374 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22375 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
22376 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22378 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22379 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22380 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22382 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22383 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22384 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22388 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22389 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22390 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22392 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22393 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22395 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22397 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22398 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22399 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22401 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22402 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22403 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22409 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22410 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
22411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22413 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22414 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22418 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22419 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22421 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22425 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17851 10864))
22426 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22427 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22429 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22430 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22431 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22432 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22434 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22436 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22437 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22438 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22439 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22441 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22442 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22444 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22445 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22447 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22448 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22451 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22452 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22453 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22454 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22455 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22457 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22458 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22459 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22460 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22462 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22463 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22466 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22470 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22471 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22472 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22473 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22474 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22475 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22476 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17851
22478 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22480 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22481 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22482 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22484 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22486 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22487 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22488 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22489 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22491 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22493 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22494 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22495 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22496 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22497 value is the user's email address and name.)
22498 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22500 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22501 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22502 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22503 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22504 which normally happens once for each message,
22505 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22506 To make a change in this variable take effect
22507 for a message that you have already viewed,
22508 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22510 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22512 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22513 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22514 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22515 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22517 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22519 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22520 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22522 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22524 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22525 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22526 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22527 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22529 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22531 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22532 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22534 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22536 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22537 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22539 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22541 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22542 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22543 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22544 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22545 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22547 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22549 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22550 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22551 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22552 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22554 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22556 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22557 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22559 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22561 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22562 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22564 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22566 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22567 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22569 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22571 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22572 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22574 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22575 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22577 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22578 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22580 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22582 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22583 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22585 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22586 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22587 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22588 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22590 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22591 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22593 This is set to nil by default.")
22595 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22596 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22597 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22598 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22599 until a user explicitly requires it.
22601 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22602 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22605 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22607 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22608 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22609 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22610 It is called with no argument.")
22612 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22613 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22614 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22615 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22616 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22617 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22618 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22620 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22621 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22622 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22623 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22624 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22625 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22627 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22628 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22629 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22630 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22631 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22633 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22634 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22635 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22636 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22637 MSG is the message number,
22638 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22639 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22641 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22642 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22643 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22644 this feature is required with `require'.
22646 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22647 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22649 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22650 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22651 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22652 the message is decoded as normal way.
22654 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22655 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22656 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22658 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22659 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22660 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22662 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22663 Read and edit incoming mail.
22664 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22665 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22666 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22668 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22669 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22670 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22671 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22673 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22675 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22677 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22678 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22679 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22680 Instead, these commands are available:
22682 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22683 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22684 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22685 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22686 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22687 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22688 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22689 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22690 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22691 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22692 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22693 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22694 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22695 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22696 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22697 till a deleted message is found.
22698 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22699 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22700 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22701 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22702 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22703 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22704 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22705 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22706 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22707 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22708 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22709 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22710 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22711 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22712 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22713 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22714 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22715 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22716 (label defaults to last one specified).
22717 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22718 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22719 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22720 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22721 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22722 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22723 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22724 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22725 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22729 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22730 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22732 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22734 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22735 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22737 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22741 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22742 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22743 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22745 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22746 Edit the contents of this message.
22752 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22753 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22754 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17851 10862))
22755 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22757 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22758 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22759 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22761 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22763 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22764 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22765 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22767 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22769 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22772 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22774 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22775 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22776 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22777 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22778 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22780 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22782 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22783 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22784 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22785 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22786 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22788 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22792 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22793 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22794 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22796 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22797 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22798 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22799 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22801 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22805 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22806 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22807 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17851 10862))
22808 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22810 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22811 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22812 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22813 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22814 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22815 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22816 a file name as a string.")
22818 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22820 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22821 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22822 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22823 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22824 buffer visiting that file.
22825 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22826 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22828 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22829 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22831 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22832 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22834 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22835 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22837 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22839 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22840 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22842 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22844 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22845 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22846 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22847 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22848 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22850 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22851 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22852 will be appended with their original headers.
22854 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22855 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22857 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22858 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22860 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22862 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22864 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22865 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22866 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22868 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22872 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22873 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22874 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17851
22876 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22878 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22879 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22880 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22882 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22884 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22885 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22886 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22888 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22890 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22891 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22892 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22894 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22896 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22897 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22898 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22900 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22902 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22903 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22904 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22906 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22908 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22909 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22910 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22912 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22914 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22915 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22916 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22917 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22919 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22923 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22924 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22925 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22926 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22927 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17851 10862))
22928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22930 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22931 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22933 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22935 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22936 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22938 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22940 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22941 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22945 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22946 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22947 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22949 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22951 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22952 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22953 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22954 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22955 only look in the To and From fields.
22956 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22958 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22960 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22961 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22962 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22963 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22964 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22966 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22968 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22969 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22970 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22971 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22972 look in the whole message.
22973 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22975 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22977 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22978 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22979 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22981 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22983 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22984 *Function to decode summary-line.
22986 By default, `identity' is set.")
22988 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
22990 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22991 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22992 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22993 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22994 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22995 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22996 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22998 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22999 sent by you under different user names.
23000 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23002 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23004 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23008 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23009 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17851 10841))
23010 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23012 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23013 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23015 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23017 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23018 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23020 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23022 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23023 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23025 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23027 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23028 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23029 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23031 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23032 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23035 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23039 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23040 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23046 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17851
23048 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23050 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23051 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23057 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17851
23059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23061 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23062 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23063 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23064 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23066 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23068 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23069 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23070 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23071 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23073 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23077 matches string STRING literally.
23080 matches character CHAR literally.
23082 `not-newline', `nonl'
23083 matches any character except a newline.
23086 matches any character
23091 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23092 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23093 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23095 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23096 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23097 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23098 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23100 `(not (any SET ...))'
23101 matches any character not in SET ...
23103 `line-start', `bol'
23104 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23105 in the text being matched
23108 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23110 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23111 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23112 string being matched against.
23114 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23115 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23116 string being matched against.
23119 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23120 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23123 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23124 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23127 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23129 `word-start', `bow'
23130 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23134 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23137 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23140 `(not word-boundary)'
23141 `not-word-boundary'
23142 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23145 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23146 matches 0 through 9.
23149 matches ASCII control characters.
23151 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23152 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23155 matches space and tab only.
23158 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23161 `printing', `print'
23162 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23165 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23166 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23167 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23169 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23170 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23171 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23174 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23177 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23179 `lower', `lower-case'
23180 matches anything lower-case.
23182 `upper', `upper-case'
23183 matches anything upper-case.
23185 `punctuation', `punct'
23186 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23187 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23189 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23190 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23193 matches anything that has word syntax.
23196 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23199 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23200 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23201 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23203 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23204 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23207 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23208 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23209 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23210 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23211 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23213 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23214 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23215 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23216 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23217 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23219 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23220 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23222 `(category CATEGORY)'
23223 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23224 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23226 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23227 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23228 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23229 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23233 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23234 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23235 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23236 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23237 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23238 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23239 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23240 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23241 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23242 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23243 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23244 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23245 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23246 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23255 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23259 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23261 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23266 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23267 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23269 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23270 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23271 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23272 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23273 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23275 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23276 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23277 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23278 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23280 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23281 another name for `submatch'.
23283 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23284 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23285 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23286 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23287 regular expression.
23289 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23290 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23291 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23292 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23293 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23295 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23296 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23298 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23299 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23301 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23303 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23306 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23307 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23310 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23311 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23313 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23315 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23318 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23321 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23323 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23324 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23326 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23329 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23332 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23336 matches N occurrences.
23339 matches N or more occurrences.
23341 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23342 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23343 matches N to M occurrences.
23346 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23349 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23352 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23355 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23359 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23361 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23365 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23366 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
23367 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23369 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23370 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23371 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23374 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23376 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23377 Toggle savehist-mode.
23378 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23379 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23380 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23381 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23383 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23384 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23385 which is probably undesirable.
23391 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23392 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
23393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23395 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23396 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23397 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23399 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23400 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23401 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23402 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23403 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23404 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23405 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23406 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23409 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23410 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23411 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23412 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23413 if that value is non-nil.
23417 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23418 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23419 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23422 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23423 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23424 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23425 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23426 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23427 that variable's value is a string.
23433 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23434 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
23435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23437 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23438 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23439 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23441 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23447 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23448 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
23449 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23451 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23452 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23453 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23454 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23455 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23456 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23458 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23460 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23461 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23462 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23463 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23464 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23470 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23471 ;;;;;; (17851 10842))
23472 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23474 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23475 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23476 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23477 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23478 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23485 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23486 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23487 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23488 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23489 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23490 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23491 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23492 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23493 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17851 10862))
23494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23496 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23497 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23499 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23501 If `parens', they look like:
23502 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23503 If `angles', they look like:
23504 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23505 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23506 derived from the envelope-from address.
23508 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23509 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23510 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23511 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23513 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23515 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23516 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23517 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23518 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23520 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23521 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23522 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23523 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23525 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23527 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23528 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23529 This is done when the message is initialized,
23530 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23532 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23534 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23535 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23536 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23538 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23540 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23542 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23543 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23544 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23545 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23546 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23547 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23548 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23550 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23552 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23553 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23555 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23557 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23558 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23559 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23561 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23563 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23564 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23565 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23566 when you first send mail.")
23568 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23570 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23571 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23572 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23573 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23574 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23576 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23578 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23579 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23580 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23581 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23582 This file need not actually exist.")
23584 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23586 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23587 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23588 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23590 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23592 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23593 Alist of mail address aliases,
23594 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23595 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23596 can specify a different file name.)
23597 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23598 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23600 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23601 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23602 nil means use indentation.")
23604 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23606 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23607 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23608 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23610 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23612 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23613 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23614 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23615 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23616 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23617 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23618 in the cited portion of the message.
23620 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23621 instead of no action.")
23623 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23625 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23626 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23627 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23628 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23629 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23631 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23633 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23634 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23635 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23636 If a string, that string is inserted.
23637 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23638 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23639 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23640 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23642 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23644 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23645 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23647 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23649 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23650 Directory for mail buffers.
23651 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23652 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23654 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23656 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23657 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23658 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23659 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23661 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23663 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23664 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23665 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23666 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23669 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23671 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23672 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23673 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23674 `query' means ask the user each time.
23675 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23676 The default is `mime'.
23677 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23678 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23680 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23682 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23683 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23684 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23686 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23687 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23689 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23690 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23691 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23692 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23693 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23694 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23695 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23696 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23697 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23698 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23699 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23700 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23701 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23705 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23706 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23708 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23709 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23711 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23713 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23714 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23715 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23716 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23717 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23718 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23720 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23721 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23722 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23724 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23725 User should not set this variable manually,
23726 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23727 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23728 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23729 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23731 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23732 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23733 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23734 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23736 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23737 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23740 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23742 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23743 to move to message header fields:
23746 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23747 when the message is initialized.
23749 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23750 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23752 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23755 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23756 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23758 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23759 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23760 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23761 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23762 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23763 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23764 buffer without erasing the contents.
23766 The second through fifth arguments,
23767 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23768 the initial contents of those header fields.
23769 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23770 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23771 original message being replied to, or else an action
23772 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23773 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23774 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23775 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23776 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23777 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23779 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23781 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23782 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23784 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23786 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23787 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23789 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23793 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23794 ;;;;;; (17851 42899))
23795 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23797 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23798 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23799 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23800 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23801 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23802 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23804 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23805 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23807 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23809 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23810 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23811 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23814 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23816 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23818 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23819 Toggle Server mode.
23820 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23821 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23822 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23828 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17851 10843))
23829 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23831 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23832 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23833 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23837 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23838 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23839 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23840 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23846 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23847 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
23848 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23850 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23851 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23853 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23856 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23857 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23858 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23860 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23861 in your `.emacs' file.
23863 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23865 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23866 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23871 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23873 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23874 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23875 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23876 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23877 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23878 which this is based.
23880 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23882 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23883 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23884 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23885 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23887 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23888 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23889 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23891 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23892 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23893 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23894 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23896 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23897 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23898 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23899 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23901 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23903 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23904 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23905 To work around that, do:
23906 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23914 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23915 ;;;;;; (17851 10870))
23916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23917 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23919 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23920 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23921 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23922 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23923 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23924 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23926 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23927 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23928 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23929 shell-specific features.
23931 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23932 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23933 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23935 \\[sh-case] case statement
23936 \\[sh-for] for loop
23937 \\[sh-function] function definition
23938 \\[sh-if] if statement
23939 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23940 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23941 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23942 \\[sh-select] select loop
23943 \\[sh-until] until loop
23944 \\[sh-while] while loop
23946 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23947 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23948 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23949 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23950 would indent to the way it currently is.
23951 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23952 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23955 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23956 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23957 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23958 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23959 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23960 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23962 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23964 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23966 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23967 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23968 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23970 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23971 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23975 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23979 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17851 10859))
23980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23982 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23983 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23984 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23985 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23986 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23987 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23989 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23993 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23994 ;;;;;; (17854 10614))
23995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23997 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23998 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24000 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24001 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24002 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24003 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24006 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24008 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24010 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24011 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24012 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24014 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24015 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24017 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24018 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24019 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24020 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24021 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24022 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24023 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24026 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24027 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24028 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24029 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24030 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24032 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24033 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24034 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24040 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24041 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17851
24043 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24045 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24046 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24047 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24048 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24049 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24050 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24055 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24056 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24057 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24058 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24059 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24063 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24064 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24065 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24066 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24067 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24068 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24069 `shadow-define-cluster').
24073 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24074 Set up file shadowing.
24080 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24081 ;;;;;; (17851 10843))
24082 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24084 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24085 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24086 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24087 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24088 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24091 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24093 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24094 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24095 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24096 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24097 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24098 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24099 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24100 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24101 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24102 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24103 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24104 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24105 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24106 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24108 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24109 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24110 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24111 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24112 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24113 `default-process-coding-system'.
24115 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24116 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24117 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24118 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24120 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24122 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24123 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24127 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24128 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17851 10860))
24129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24131 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24134 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24136 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24139 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24141 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24144 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24148 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24149 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
24150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24152 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24153 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24154 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24155 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24156 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24158 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17880 31192))
24165 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24166 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24170 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17851
24172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24174 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24175 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24176 \\{simula-mode-map}
24177 Variables controlling indentation style:
24178 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24179 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24180 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24181 `simula-indent-level'
24182 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24183 `simula-substatement-offset'
24184 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24185 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24186 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24187 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24188 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24189 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24190 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24191 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24192 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24193 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24194 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24195 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24196 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24197 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24198 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24199 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24200 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24201 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24202 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24203 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24204 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24205 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24206 or nil if they should not be changed.
24207 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24208 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24209 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24210 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24212 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24213 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24219 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24220 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17851 10843))
24221 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24223 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24224 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24226 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24227 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24228 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24229 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24231 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24233 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24235 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24236 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24237 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24238 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24239 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24241 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24242 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24244 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24246 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24247 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24249 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24250 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24251 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24252 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24254 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24255 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24256 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24257 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24259 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24260 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24261 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24263 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24264 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24266 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24267 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24269 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24270 _ interesting point, interregion here
24271 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24272 interesting point set by _
24273 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24274 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24275 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24276 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24277 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24278 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24281 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24282 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24284 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24285 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24286 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24287 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24288 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24289 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24290 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24291 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24293 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24294 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24295 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24296 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24297 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24300 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24301 then: insert previously read string once more
24302 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24303 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24304 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24306 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24307 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24309 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24311 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24312 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24314 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24315 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24316 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24317 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24318 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24321 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24322 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24323 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24329 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24330 ;;;;;; (17851 10844))
24331 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24333 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24334 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24335 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24338 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24340 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24341 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24342 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24348 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24349 ;;;;;; (17875 18095))
24350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24352 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24353 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24354 A list of images is returned.
24356 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24358 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24359 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24360 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24362 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24366 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24367 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17868 41435))
24368 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24370 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24375 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24376 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24382 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17851 10866))
24383 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24385 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24386 Play the Snake game.
24387 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24389 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24391 Snake mode keybindings:
24393 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24394 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24395 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24396 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24397 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24398 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24399 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24405 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24406 ;;;;;; (17851 10864))
24407 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24409 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24410 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24411 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24412 Tab indents for C code.
24413 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24414 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24416 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24421 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24422 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24423 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24424 Tab indents for C code.
24425 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24426 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24428 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24429 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24435 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24436 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24437 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17851 10852))
24438 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24440 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24441 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24443 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24444 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24445 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24447 For example, the form
24449 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24450 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24452 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24454 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24456 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24457 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24459 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24460 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24461 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24464 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24466 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24468 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24469 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24471 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24472 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24473 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24476 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24478 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24480 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24481 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24482 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24485 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24487 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24489 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24490 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24491 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24493 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24494 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24496 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24500 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24501 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24502 Requires floating point.
24508 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17851
24510 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24512 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24515 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24516 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24517 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24518 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24519 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24520 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24521 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24522 check after each move or undo)
24526 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24527 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24528 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24547 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24548 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24549 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24550 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24552 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24553 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24554 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24557 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24558 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24560 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24576 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24578 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24584 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24585 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24586 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17851 10844))
24587 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24589 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24590 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24592 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24593 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24594 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24595 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24598 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24599 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24600 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24603 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24604 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24606 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24607 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24608 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24609 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24612 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24613 It should move point to the end of the record.
24615 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24616 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24617 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24618 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24619 starts at the beginning of the record.
24621 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24622 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24625 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24626 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24628 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24630 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24631 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24632 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24633 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24634 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24637 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24639 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24640 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24641 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24642 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24643 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24646 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24648 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24649 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24650 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24651 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24652 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24655 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24657 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24658 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24659 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24660 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24661 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24662 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24663 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24664 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24665 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24667 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24669 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24670 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24671 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24672 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24673 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24674 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24675 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24678 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24680 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24681 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24682 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24683 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24684 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24685 is to be used for sorting.
24686 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24687 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24688 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24689 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24690 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24692 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24694 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24697 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24698 starting with the letter \"f\",
24699 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24701 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24703 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24704 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24705 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24706 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24707 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24708 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24709 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24712 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24713 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24714 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24715 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24716 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24718 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24720 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24721 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24722 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24724 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24728 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17851
24730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24732 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24733 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24739 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24740 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24741 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17851 10860))
24742 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24744 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24745 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24747 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24748 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24749 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24751 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24753 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24754 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24755 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24758 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24760 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24761 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24762 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24764 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24766 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24767 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24768 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24769 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24774 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24775 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24776 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24777 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24783 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24784 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17882 17519))
24785 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24787 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24789 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24790 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24791 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24792 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24793 supported at a time.
24794 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24795 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24799 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24800 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24801 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24802 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24808 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24809 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17851 10873))
24810 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24812 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24814 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24815 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24816 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24817 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24818 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24819 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24823 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24824 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24825 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24826 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24830 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24831 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24832 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24833 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24834 for example, \"word\".
24836 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24838 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24839 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24841 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24845 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17851
24847 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24849 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24850 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24854 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24855 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24861 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24862 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24863 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24864 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17851
24866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24868 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24869 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24871 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24872 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24873 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24874 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24875 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24876 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24877 of the current highlighting list.
24881 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24882 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24884 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24885 `_t' as data types.
24887 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24889 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24890 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24892 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24893 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24895 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24897 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24898 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24899 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24901 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24903 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24904 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24905 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24906 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24907 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24908 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24910 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24911 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24913 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24915 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24916 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24917 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24918 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24920 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24921 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24922 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24923 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24925 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24926 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24927 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24931 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24932 Major mode to edit SQL.
24934 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24935 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24936 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24939 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24941 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24942 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24943 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24944 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24945 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24946 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24948 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24949 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24951 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24952 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24953 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24955 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24957 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24961 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24962 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24964 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24965 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24968 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24970 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24972 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24973 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24975 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24976 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24979 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24980 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24981 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24982 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24984 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24985 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24987 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24988 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24989 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24990 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24991 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24992 `default-process-coding-system'.
24994 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24998 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24999 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25001 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25002 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25005 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25006 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25007 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25008 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25010 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25011 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25013 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25014 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25015 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25016 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25017 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25018 `default-process-coding-system'.
25020 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25024 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25025 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25027 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25028 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25031 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25032 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25034 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25035 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25037 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25038 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25039 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25040 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25041 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25042 `default-process-coding-system'.
25044 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25048 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25049 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25051 SQLite is free software.
25053 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25054 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25057 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25058 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25059 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25060 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25062 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25063 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25065 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25066 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25067 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25068 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25069 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25070 `default-process-coding-system'.
25072 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25076 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25077 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25079 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25081 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25082 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25085 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25086 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25087 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25088 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25090 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25091 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25093 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25094 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25095 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25096 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25097 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25098 `default-process-coding-system'.
25100 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25104 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25105 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25107 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25108 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25111 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25112 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25115 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25116 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25118 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25119 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25120 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25121 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25122 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25123 `default-process-coding-system'.
25125 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25129 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25130 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25132 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25133 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25136 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25137 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25139 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25140 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25142 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25143 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25144 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25145 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25146 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25147 `default-process-coding-system'.
25149 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25153 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25154 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25156 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25157 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25160 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25161 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25162 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25163 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25165 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25166 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25168 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25169 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25170 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25171 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25172 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25173 `default-process-coding-system'.
25175 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25179 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25180 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25182 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25183 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25186 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25187 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25188 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25189 `sql-postgres-options'.
25191 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25192 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25194 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25195 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25196 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25197 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25198 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25199 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25200 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25201 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25203 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25204 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25206 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25210 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25211 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25213 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25214 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25217 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25218 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25221 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25222 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25224 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25225 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25226 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25227 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25228 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25229 `default-process-coding-system'.
25231 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25235 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25236 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25238 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25239 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25242 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25245 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25246 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25248 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25249 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25250 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25251 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25253 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25254 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25255 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25256 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25257 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25258 `default-process-coding-system'.
25260 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25264 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25265 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25267 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25268 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25271 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25272 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25273 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25274 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25277 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25278 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25279 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25280 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25283 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25284 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25286 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25292 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25293 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25294 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25295 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25296 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17851
25298 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25300 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25301 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25302 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25303 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25304 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25305 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25307 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25309 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25311 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25312 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25313 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25314 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25315 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25316 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25317 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25319 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25321 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25322 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25323 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25324 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25325 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25326 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25327 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25329 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25331 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25332 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25333 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25335 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25337 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25338 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25339 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25341 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25343 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25344 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25346 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25348 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25349 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25353 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25354 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25358 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25359 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25360 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25361 chronologically by command name.
25362 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25364 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25366 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25367 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25368 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25369 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25370 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25371 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25373 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25375 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25376 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25377 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25378 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25379 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25380 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25381 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25383 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25384 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25385 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25386 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25388 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25392 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25393 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25394 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25395 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25397 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25399 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25400 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25406 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25407 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17504 41540))
25408 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25410 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25411 Studlify-case the region.
25413 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25415 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25416 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25418 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25420 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25421 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25427 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17868 65234))
25428 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25430 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25431 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25432 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25433 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25434 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25435 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25437 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25438 is used instead of `load-path'.
25440 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25441 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25442 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25444 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25448 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25449 ;;;;;; (17854 10614))
25450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25452 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25453 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25454 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25455 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25456 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25457 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25458 original message but it does require a few things:
25460 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25462 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25465 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25466 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25469 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25471 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25473 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25474 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25475 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25481 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17851 10844))
25482 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25484 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25485 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25486 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25488 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25489 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25491 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25493 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25494 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25495 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25497 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25503 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17851 10844))
25504 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25506 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25507 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25508 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25509 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25510 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25512 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25514 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25515 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25516 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25517 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25518 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25519 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25520 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25522 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25526 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25527 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25528 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25529 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25530 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25531 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25532 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25533 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25534 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25535 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25536 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25537 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25538 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17851 10873))
25539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25541 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25542 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25543 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25545 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25547 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25548 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25550 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25552 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25553 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25555 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25557 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25558 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25560 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25562 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25563 Insert an editable text table.
25564 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25565 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25566 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25567 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25568 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25569 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25574 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25576 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25581 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25582 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25583 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25584 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25587 +-----+-----+-----+
25589 +-----+-----+-----+
25591 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25593 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25594 width, which results as
25596 +--------------+-----+-----+
25598 +--------------+-----+-----+
25600 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25601 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25603 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25605 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25607 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25608 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25609 width information to `table-insert'.
25611 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25617 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25620 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25621 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25623 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25626 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25628 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25630 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25633 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25636 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25638 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25640 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25643 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25646 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25649 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25650 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25651 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25653 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25656 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25659 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25662 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25664 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25667 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25670 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25671 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25672 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25673 | | |expected results.-!- |
25674 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25677 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25679 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25683 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25685 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25686 Insert N table row(s).
25687 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25688 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25689 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25690 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25694 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25695 Insert N table column(s).
25696 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25697 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25698 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25699 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25703 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25704 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25705 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25707 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25709 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25710 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25711 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25712 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25713 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25714 all the table specific features.
25716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25718 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25723 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25724 Recognize all tables within region.
25725 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25726 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25727 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25730 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25732 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25735 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25737 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25738 Recognize a table at point.
25739 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25740 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25741 the table specific features.
25743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25745 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25750 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25751 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25752 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25753 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25754 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25755 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25756 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25758 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25760 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25765 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25766 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25767 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25768 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25769 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25770 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25773 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25775 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25776 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25777 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25778 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25779 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25780 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25781 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25786 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25787 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25788 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25789 table's rectangle structure.
25791 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25793 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25794 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25795 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25796 table's rectangle structure.
25800 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25801 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25802 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25803 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25804 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25806 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25808 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25809 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25810 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25812 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25813 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25814 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25815 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25816 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25817 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25818 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25820 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25821 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25822 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25823 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25824 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25825 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25826 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25828 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25829 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25830 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25831 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25832 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25833 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25834 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25835 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25837 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25839 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25840 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25841 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25842 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25846 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25847 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25848 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25850 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25852 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25853 Split current cell vertically.
25854 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25858 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25859 Split current cell horizontally.
25860 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25864 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25865 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25866 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25868 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25870 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25871 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25872 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25873 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25875 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25877 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25878 Justify cell contents.
25879 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25880 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25881 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25882 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25884 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25886 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25887 Justify cells of a row.
25888 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25889 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25891 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25893 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25894 Justify cells of a column.
25895 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25896 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25898 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25900 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25901 Toggle fixing width mode.
25902 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25903 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25904 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25908 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25909 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25910 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25911 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25912 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25913 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25914 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25915 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25916 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25917 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25918 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25920 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25922 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25923 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25924 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25925 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25926 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25927 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25928 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25929 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25930 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25931 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25932 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25933 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25936 References used for this implementation:
25942 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25944 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25945 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25946 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25948 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25950 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25951 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25952 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25953 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25954 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25955 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25956 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25957 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25958 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25959 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25960 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25961 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25962 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25963 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25964 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25965 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25966 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25971 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25972 (table-forward-cell 15)
25973 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25974 (table-forward-cell 16)
25975 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25976 (table-forward-cell 1)
25977 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25980 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25981 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25982 (table-forward-cell 1)
25983 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25985 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25987 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25988 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25989 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25990 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25991 consists from cells of same height.
25995 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25996 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25997 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25998 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25999 column must consists from cells of same width.
26003 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26004 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26005 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26006 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26007 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26008 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26009 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26010 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26011 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26012 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26013 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26014 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26015 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26016 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26017 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26026 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26027 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26028 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26031 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26033 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26035 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26037 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26041 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26042 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26043 of each row is optional.
26048 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26049 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26050 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26051 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26052 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26054 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26055 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26057 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26058 expression and raw delimiter regular
26059 expression, it parses the specified text
26060 area and extracts cell items from
26061 non-table text and then forms a table out
26064 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26065 creates a single cell table. The text in
26066 the specified region is placed in that
26069 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26072 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26073 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26074 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26076 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26077 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26078 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26079 | area and extracts cell items from |
26080 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26083 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26084 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26085 | the specified region is placed in that |
26087 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26089 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26090 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26093 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26094 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26095 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26096 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26097 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26098 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26099 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26100 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26101 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26103 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26104 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26105 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26106 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26108 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26110 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26111 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26112 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26114 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26116 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26117 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26118 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26119 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26120 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26126 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17851 10845))
26127 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26129 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26130 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26132 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26136 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17851 10845))
26137 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26139 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26140 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26141 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26142 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26143 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26144 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26145 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26147 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26148 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26149 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26150 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26152 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26159 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26160 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17851 10870))
26161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26163 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26164 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26165 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26166 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26167 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26168 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26170 Variables controlling indentation style:
26172 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26173 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26174 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26176 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26177 documentation for details):
26178 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26179 Controls action of TAB key.
26181 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26182 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26183 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26184 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26185 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26187 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26188 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26196 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26197 Run inferior Tcl process.
26198 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26199 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26203 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26204 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26205 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26207 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26211 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17851 10864))
26212 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26213 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26215 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26216 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26217 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26218 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26220 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26221 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26222 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26223 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26224 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26226 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26227 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26229 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26230 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26231 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26232 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26238 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17884
26240 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26242 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26243 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26244 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26245 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26246 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26247 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26249 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26251 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26252 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26253 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26254 commands to use in that buffer.
26256 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26258 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26260 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26261 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26263 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26267 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17851
26269 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26271 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26272 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26273 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26274 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26275 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26276 program as keyboard input.
26278 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26279 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26280 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26281 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26283 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26284 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26285 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26286 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26287 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26289 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26291 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26292 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26293 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26294 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26296 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26297 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26298 subprocess started.
26300 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26304 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26305 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
26306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26308 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26309 Start coverage on function under point.
26315 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17852 64479))
26316 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26318 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26319 Play the Tetris game.
26320 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26321 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26322 as to form complete rows.
26324 tetris-mode keybindings:
26325 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26326 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26327 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26328 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26329 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26330 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26331 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26332 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26333 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26339 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26340 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26341 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26342 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26343 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26344 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26345 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26346 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
26347 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26349 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26350 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26352 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26354 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26355 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26356 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26357 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26358 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26360 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26362 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26363 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26364 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26365 if it matches the first line of the file,
26366 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26368 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26370 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26371 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26372 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26373 if the variable is non-nil.")
26375 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26377 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26378 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26380 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26382 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26383 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26384 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26385 See the documentation of that variable.")
26387 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26389 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26390 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26391 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26392 See the documentation of that variable.")
26394 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26396 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26397 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26398 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26399 See the documentation of that variable.")
26401 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26403 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26404 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26405 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26406 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26407 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26409 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26411 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26412 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26413 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26414 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26416 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26418 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26419 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26420 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26422 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26424 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26425 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26426 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26427 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26429 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26431 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26432 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26433 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26434 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26436 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26438 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26439 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26440 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26441 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26443 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26444 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26447 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26448 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26450 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26453 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26455 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26456 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26457 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26458 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26459 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26461 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26463 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26465 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26466 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26467 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26469 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26471 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26472 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26473 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26474 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26475 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26477 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26479 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26480 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26482 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26484 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26485 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26487 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26489 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26490 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26491 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26492 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26493 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26494 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26495 says which mode to use.
26499 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26501 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26503 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26505 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26506 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26507 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26508 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26509 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26511 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26512 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26513 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26514 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26515 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26516 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26517 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26519 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26520 mismatched $'s or braces.
26523 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26527 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26529 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26530 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26531 tex-dvi-print-command
26532 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26533 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26534 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26535 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26536 tex-dvi-view-command
26537 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26538 tex-show-queue-command
26539 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26540 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26542 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26543 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26544 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26548 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26549 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26550 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26551 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26552 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26554 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26555 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26556 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26557 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26558 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26559 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26560 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26562 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26563 mismatched $'s or braces.
26570 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26572 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26573 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26574 tex-dvi-print-command
26575 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26576 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26577 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26578 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26579 tex-dvi-view-command
26580 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26581 tex-show-queue-command
26582 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26583 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26585 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26586 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26587 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26591 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26592 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26593 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26594 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26595 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26597 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26598 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26599 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26600 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26601 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26602 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26603 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26605 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26606 mismatched $'s or braces.
26609 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26613 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26615 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26616 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26617 tex-dvi-print-command
26618 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26619 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26620 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26621 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26622 tex-dvi-view-command
26623 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26624 tex-show-queue-command
26625 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26626 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26628 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26629 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26630 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26631 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26635 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26640 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26641 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26647 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26648 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17851 10873))
26649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26651 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26652 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26653 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26654 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26656 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26657 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26658 Info-split to do these manually.
26660 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26662 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26663 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26664 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26665 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26666 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26668 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26670 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26671 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26672 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26673 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26675 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26676 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26677 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26678 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26680 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26681 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26683 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26687 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26688 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17851 10873))
26689 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26691 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26692 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26694 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26696 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26697 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26699 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26701 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26702 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26704 It has these extra commands:
26705 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26707 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26708 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26709 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26710 modified version of TeX input format.
26712 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26713 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26714 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26715 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26717 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26718 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26719 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26720 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26721 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26722 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26723 in the Texinfo file.
26725 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26726 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26727 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26728 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26729 move forward past the closing brace.
26731 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26732 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26734 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26735 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26736 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26738 Here are the functions:
26740 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26741 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26742 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26744 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26745 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26746 texinfo-master-menu
26748 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26750 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26751 which menu descriptions are indented.
26753 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26754 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26757 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26758 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26759 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26760 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26762 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26763 be the first node in the file.
26765 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26766 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26772 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26773 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26774 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26775 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
26776 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26778 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26779 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26780 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26781 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26783 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26785 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26786 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26788 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26790 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26791 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26795 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26798 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26800 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26801 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26802 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26803 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26806 The return value is number of composed characters.
26808 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26810 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26811 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26817 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26818 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26819 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17851 10845))
26820 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26822 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26823 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26825 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26827 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26828 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26829 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26830 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26831 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26833 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26834 a symbol as a valid THING.
26836 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26837 of the textual entity that was found.
26839 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26841 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26842 Return the THING at point.
26843 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26844 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26845 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26847 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26848 a symbol as a valid THING.
26850 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26852 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26857 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26862 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26867 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26874 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26875 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26876 ;;;;;; (17851 10845))
26877 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26879 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26880 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26884 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26885 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26886 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26887 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26889 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26891 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26892 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26896 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26897 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26901 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26903 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26904 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26910 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26911 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26912 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26913 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26914 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26915 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17851 10861))
26916 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26918 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26919 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26920 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26924 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26925 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26927 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26929 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26930 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26931 The returned string has no composition information.
26933 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26935 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26936 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26938 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26940 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26941 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26943 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26945 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26946 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26947 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26948 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26950 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26952 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26953 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26954 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26955 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26957 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26959 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26962 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26964 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26965 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26966 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26970 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26971 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26972 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26976 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26979 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26981 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26984 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26986 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26989 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26993 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26994 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
26995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26997 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26998 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26999 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27000 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27002 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27004 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27006 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27007 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27008 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27009 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27011 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27017 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27018 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17851 10845))
27019 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27021 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27022 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27024 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27026 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27027 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27028 This display updates automatically every minute.
27029 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27030 are displayed as well.
27031 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27035 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27036 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27037 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27040 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27042 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27044 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27045 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27046 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27048 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27049 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27050 are displayed as well.
27051 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27057 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27058 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27059 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27060 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17851
27062 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27064 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27065 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27067 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27069 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27070 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27071 You can use `float-time' instead.
27073 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27075 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27076 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27078 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27080 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27081 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27083 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27085 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27086 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27088 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27090 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27091 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27092 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27094 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27096 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27098 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27099 Subtract two time values.
27100 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27102 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27104 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27105 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27107 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27109 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27110 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27111 DATE should be a date-time string.
27113 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27115 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27116 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27117 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27119 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27121 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27122 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27124 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27126 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27127 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27129 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27131 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27132 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27133 TIME should be a time value.
27134 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27136 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27138 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27139 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27140 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27142 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27146 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27147 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17851 10845))
27148 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27149 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27150 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27151 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27152 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27153 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27154 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27155 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27157 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27158 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27159 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27160 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27161 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27162 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27163 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27164 look like one of the following:
27167 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27168 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27169 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27170 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27171 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27172 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27173 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27178 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27179 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27180 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27186 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27187 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27188 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27189 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27190 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
27191 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27193 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27194 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27195 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27196 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27197 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27198 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27199 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27200 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27201 display (non-nil means on).
27203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27205 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27206 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27207 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27208 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27209 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27210 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27211 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27212 this function is called within a day.
27214 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27215 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27216 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27217 discover the name of the project.
27219 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27221 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27222 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27223 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27224 begun during the last time segment.
27226 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27227 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27228 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27229 discover the reason.
27231 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27233 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27234 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27235 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27236 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27237 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27239 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27241 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27242 Change to working on a different project.
27243 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27244 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27245 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27248 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27250 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27251 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27252 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27256 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27257 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27258 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27262 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27263 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27264 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27265 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27266 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27267 \"relative to today\".
27269 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27271 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27272 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27273 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27274 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27276 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27278 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27279 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27280 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27281 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27282 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27283 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27285 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27289 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27290 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27291 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17851 10853))
27292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27294 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27296 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27297 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27299 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27301 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27302 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27303 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27304 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27306 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27308 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27309 Perform an action at time TIME.
27310 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27311 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27312 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27313 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27314 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27315 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27317 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27319 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27321 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27322 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27323 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27324 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27325 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27327 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27329 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27331 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27332 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27333 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27334 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27336 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27338 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27339 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27340 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27341 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27342 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27343 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27344 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27346 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27347 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27349 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27351 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27352 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27354 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27355 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27356 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27357 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27358 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27359 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27362 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27366 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27367 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17871 15753))
27368 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27370 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27371 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27372 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27373 the generated Quail package is saved.
27375 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27377 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27378 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27379 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27380 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27381 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27382 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27383 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27385 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27389 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27390 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17851
27392 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27394 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27397 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27399 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27402 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27404 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27405 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27406 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27409 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27413 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27414 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17851 10845))
27415 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27416 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27417 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27418 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27420 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27421 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27422 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27423 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27424 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27426 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27428 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27429 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27430 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27431 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27432 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27434 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27436 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27437 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27438 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27439 in the menu in two ways:
27440 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27441 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27442 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27444 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27445 keymap or an alist of alists.
27446 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27447 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27449 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27453 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27454 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27455 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17851 10852))
27456 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27458 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27459 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27463 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27464 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27466 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27468 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27469 Insert new TODO list entry.
27470 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27475 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27476 List top priorities for each category.
27478 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27479 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27481 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27482 between each category.
27484 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27486 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27487 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27488 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27489 between each category.
27491 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27493 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27495 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27496 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27502 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27503 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27507 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27514 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27515 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27516 ;;;;;; (17851 10845))
27517 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27519 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27521 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27522 Add an item to the tool bar.
27523 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27524 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27525 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27526 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27528 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27529 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27530 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27531 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27533 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27534 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27536 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27538 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27539 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27540 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27541 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27542 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27543 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27545 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27546 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27547 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27548 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27550 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27552 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27553 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27554 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27555 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27556 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27557 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27558 properties to add to the binding.
27560 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27562 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27563 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27565 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27567 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27568 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27569 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27570 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27571 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27572 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27573 properties to add to the binding.
27575 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27578 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27582 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27583 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
27584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27586 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27587 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27588 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27589 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27590 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27591 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27593 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27595 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27600 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27602 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27603 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27609 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27610 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17851 10853))
27611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27613 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27614 Set scroll margins.
27616 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27618 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27619 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27623 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27624 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27630 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17851 10853))
27631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27633 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27634 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27635 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27636 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27637 to a tcp server on another machine.
27639 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27643 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27644 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17851 10853))
27645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27647 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27648 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27650 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27652 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27653 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27654 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27655 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27656 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27657 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27658 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27659 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27661 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27663 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27664 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27665 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27666 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27667 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27668 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27669 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27670 the window or buffer configuration.
27672 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27674 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27678 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27679 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27680 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27681 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17872 44165))
27682 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27684 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27685 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27686 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27688 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27689 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27690 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27691 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27693 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27694 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27695 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27696 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27698 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27699 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27700 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27701 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27702 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27703 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27704 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27705 files which are not really tramp files.
27707 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27708 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27709 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27710 updated after changing this variable.
27712 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27714 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27716 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27717 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27718 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27719 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27721 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27722 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27723 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27724 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27726 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27727 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27728 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27730 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27731 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27732 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27733 updated after changing this variable.
27735 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27737 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27739 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27740 Alist of completion handler functions.
27741 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27742 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27743 normal Emacs functions.")
27745 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27746 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27747 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27748 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27750 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27751 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27752 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27753 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27755 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27756 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27757 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27759 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27761 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27762 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27763 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27765 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27766 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27769 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27771 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27776 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27777 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27779 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27781 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27782 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27784 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27786 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27787 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27793 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27794 ;;;;;; (17851 10864))
27795 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27797 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27804 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27805 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27806 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27807 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27808 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27809 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17851
27811 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27813 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27814 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27818 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27819 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27821 Convenience command that:
27823 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27824 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27825 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27827 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27828 image files in dired and type
27829 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27831 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27833 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27834 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27836 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27838 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27839 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27840 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27841 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27842 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27845 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27846 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27847 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27849 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27850 instead of erasing it first.
27852 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27853 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27854 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27855 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27856 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27857 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27859 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27861 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27862 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27863 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27864 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27869 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27871 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27872 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27876 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27877 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27878 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27882 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27883 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27887 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27888 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27889 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27890 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27894 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27895 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27899 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27900 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27904 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27905 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27909 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27910 Display current image file.
27911 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27912 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27916 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27917 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27921 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27922 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27923 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27924 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27925 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27926 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27927 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27931 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27932 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27933 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27940 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17856
27942 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27944 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27945 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27946 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27947 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27948 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27949 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27950 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27951 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27953 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27954 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27955 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27957 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27958 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27961 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27965 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27966 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17851 10873))
27967 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27968 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27969 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27970 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27972 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27973 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27974 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27975 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27976 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27977 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27978 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27980 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27982 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27983 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27984 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27985 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27987 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27991 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27992 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27993 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27994 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27995 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27996 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27997 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27999 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28000 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28002 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28005 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28007 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28013 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28014 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28015 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28016 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28017 ;;;;;; (17855 40306))
28018 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28020 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28021 Toggle typing break mode.
28022 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28023 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28024 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28026 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28028 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28029 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28031 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28033 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28034 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28036 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28037 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28038 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28040 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28041 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28043 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28045 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28046 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28048 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28049 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28050 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28051 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28053 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28055 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28056 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28057 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28059 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28060 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28061 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28062 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28063 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28064 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28066 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28067 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28068 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28069 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28071 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28072 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28074 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28075 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28077 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28079 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28080 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28081 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28083 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28084 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28085 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28086 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28087 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28088 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28089 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28091 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28092 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28094 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28095 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28096 reset the keystroke counter.
28098 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28099 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28100 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28101 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28103 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28104 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28105 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28106 `type-break-schedule' command.
28108 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28109 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28110 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28111 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28112 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28113 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28114 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28115 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28116 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28118 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28119 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28120 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28121 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28122 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28124 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28125 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28126 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28127 approximate good values for this.
28129 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28130 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28132 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28133 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28134 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28135 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28136 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28137 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28139 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28140 a typing break occur. They include:
28142 `type-break-query-mode'
28143 `type-break-query-function'
28144 `type-break-query-interval'
28146 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28148 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28149 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28150 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28153 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28155 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28156 Take a typing break.
28158 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28159 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28161 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28162 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28166 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28167 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28168 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28169 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28173 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28174 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28176 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28177 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28178 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28179 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28180 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28181 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28182 average typing speed.)
28184 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28185 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28186 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28187 the computed maximum threshold.
28189 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28190 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28191 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28192 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28193 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28195 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28199 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28200 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17851 10873))
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28203 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28204 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28205 Works by overstriking underscores.
28206 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28207 which specify the range to operate on.
28209 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28211 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28212 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28213 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28214 which specify the range to operate on.
28216 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28220 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28221 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17851 10862))
28222 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28224 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28225 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28226 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28230 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28231 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28232 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28233 following the containing message.
28239 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28240 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
28241 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28243 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28244 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28245 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28246 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28247 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28248 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28252 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28253 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28255 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28259 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17851
28261 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28263 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28264 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28265 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28266 of symbols with local bindings.
28268 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28272 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28273 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17851 10875))
28274 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28276 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28277 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28278 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28280 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28281 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28282 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28283 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28284 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28285 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28287 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28288 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28289 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28291 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28292 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28293 the callback is not called).
28295 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28296 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28297 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28300 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28302 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28303 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28304 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28305 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28306 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28308 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28312 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28313 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17854 10614))
28314 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28316 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28317 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28318 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28320 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28321 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28322 `url-generic-parse-url'
28323 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28324 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28325 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28327 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28328 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28329 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28330 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28331 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28332 what type of auth to use
28333 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28334 if one cannot be found in the cache
28336 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28338 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28339 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28341 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28342 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28343 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28344 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28345 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28346 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28347 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28348 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28350 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28354 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28355 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17851
28357 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28359 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28360 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28362 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28364 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28365 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28367 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28369 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28370 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28372 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28374 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28375 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28377 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28381 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17851 10873))
28382 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28384 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28387 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28391 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28392 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17851 10873))
28393 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28395 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28398 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28400 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28403 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28407 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17851
28409 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28411 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28412 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28414 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28418 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28419 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17851 10873))
28420 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28422 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28423 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28427 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28428 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28429 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28430 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28431 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28433 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28437 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28438 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17851
28440 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28442 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28443 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28444 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28445 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28446 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28447 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28449 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28451 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28452 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28456 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28457 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28458 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28459 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28460 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28461 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28462 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28463 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28464 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28466 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28468 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28469 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28470 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28473 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28475 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28478 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28482 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28483 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17861 9844))
28484 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28486 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28487 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28488 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28489 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28490 CBARGS as the arguments.
28492 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28494 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28497 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28499 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28501 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28504 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28506 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28507 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28508 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28510 Property list members:
28513 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28517 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28521 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28524 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28527 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28528 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28529 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28532 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28534 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28535 Default HTTPS port.")
28537 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28538 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28540 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28541 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28542 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28543 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28544 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28548 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17851 10873))
28549 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28551 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28554 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28558 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17851
28560 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28562 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28563 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28564 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28565 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28566 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28568 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28572 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28573 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28574 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28576 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28579 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28581 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28582 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28584 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28588 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28589 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17851 10874))
28590 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28592 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28593 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28595 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28597 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28598 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28600 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28602 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28605 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28607 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28609 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28611 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28613 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28614 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28616 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28620 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28621 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28622 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28624 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28627 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28629 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28632 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28636 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28637 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28638 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28639 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28641 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28644 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28646 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28649 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28651 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28654 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28656 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28659 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28661 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28664 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28666 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28669 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28671 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28674 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28678 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28679 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17851 10874))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28682 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28683 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28685 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28687 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28688 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28690 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28692 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28696 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28697 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28700 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28701 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28707 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28708 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28709 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28710 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28711 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28712 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28713 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28714 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28716 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28717 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28718 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28720 If t, all messages will be logged.
28721 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28722 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28724 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28726 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28729 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28731 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28734 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28736 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28737 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28738 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28739 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28740 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28746 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28748 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28749 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28750 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28752 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28754 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28755 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28756 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28758 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28760 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28761 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28763 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28765 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28766 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28770 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28771 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28775 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28780 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28783 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28785 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28788 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28790 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28791 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28793 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28795 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28798 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28800 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28801 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28802 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28803 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28804 forbidden in URL encoding.
28806 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28808 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28809 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28810 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28811 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28812 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28813 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28815 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28817 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28818 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28819 If optional variable X is t,
28820 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28822 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28824 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28825 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28826 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28828 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28830 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28831 View the current document's URL.
28832 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28835 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28837 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28841 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28842 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17851 10848))
28843 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28845 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28846 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28847 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28848 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28849 to refrain from editing the file
28850 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28851 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28852 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28853 in any way you like.
28855 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28857 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28858 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28859 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28860 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28861 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28863 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28864 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17851 10861))
28871 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28872 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28876 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28877 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28878 ;;;;;; (17856 1487))
28879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28881 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28882 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28883 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28884 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28886 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28888 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28889 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28890 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28892 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28894 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28895 Uudecode region between START and END.
28896 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28898 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28902 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28903 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28904 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28905 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28906 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28907 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28908 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17851 10849))
28909 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28911 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28912 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28915 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28917 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28918 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28919 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28921 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28923 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28924 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28927 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28929 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28930 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28932 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28934 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28935 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28937 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28939 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28940 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28941 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28942 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28943 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28944 somebody else, signal error.
28946 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28948 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28949 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28950 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28951 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28952 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28954 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28956 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28957 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28958 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28959 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28960 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28961 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28962 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28963 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28964 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28965 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28966 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28967 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28969 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28971 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28972 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28974 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28975 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28977 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28978 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28979 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28980 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28981 lock steals will raise an error.
28983 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28985 For RCS and SCCS files:
28986 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28988 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28989 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28990 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28991 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28992 it performs a revert.
28993 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28994 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28995 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28996 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28997 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28998 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28999 the option to steal the lock.
29002 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29003 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29004 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29005 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29006 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29007 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29008 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29009 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29010 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29012 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29014 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29015 Register the current file into a version control system.
29016 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29017 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29019 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29020 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29021 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29022 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29023 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29024 first backend that could register the file is used.
29026 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29028 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29029 Display diffs between file versions.
29030 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29031 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29032 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29033 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29034 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29037 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29039 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29040 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29041 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29042 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29046 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29047 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29048 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29049 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29053 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29054 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29055 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29056 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29057 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29058 from the current branch.
29060 See Info node `Merging'.
29064 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29066 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29067 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29069 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29071 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29072 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29074 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29076 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29077 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29078 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29079 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29080 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29081 are checked out in that new branch.
29083 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29085 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29086 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29087 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29088 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29089 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29090 allowed and simply skipped).
29092 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29094 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29095 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29096 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29098 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29100 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29101 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29102 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29103 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29104 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29108 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29109 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29110 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29111 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29112 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29113 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29117 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29118 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29119 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29121 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29123 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29124 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29125 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29126 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29127 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29128 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29129 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29131 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29133 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29134 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29135 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29136 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29137 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29138 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29139 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29140 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29141 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29143 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29145 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29146 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29148 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29150 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29151 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29152 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29155 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29157 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29158 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29159 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29161 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29162 log entries should be gathered.
29164 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29166 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29167 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29169 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29170 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29171 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29172 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29173 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29174 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29176 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29177 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29178 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29179 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29180 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29181 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29182 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29183 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29185 Customization variables:
29187 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29188 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29189 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29190 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29192 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17852 50694))
29197 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29198 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29199 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29202 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17851 10848))
29207 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29208 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29209 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29210 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29212 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17851 10848))
29217 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29218 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29219 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29222 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29226 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29227 ;;;;;; (17851 10848))
29228 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29230 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29231 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29232 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29234 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29235 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29239 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29240 ;;;;;; (17851 10848))
29241 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29243 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29244 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29245 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29247 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29248 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29250 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29251 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29252 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29253 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17882 17519))
29258 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29259 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29260 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29261 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29264 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29265 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29266 (file-name-directory f)))
29268 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29270 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29274 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29275 ;;;;;; (17854 10614))
29276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29278 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29279 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29284 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29285 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29286 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29287 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29288 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29289 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29290 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29291 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29292 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29294 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29295 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29296 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29297 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29299 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29300 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29301 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29302 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29303 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29305 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29306 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29310 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29311 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29312 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29316 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29317 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29318 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29319 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29321 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29322 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29323 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29324 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29325 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29329 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29330 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29331 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29332 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29334 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29335 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29336 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29337 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29338 beginning with \"std\").
29340 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29341 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29342 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29347 `--' puts a single comment.
29348 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29349 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29350 with a comment in between.
29351 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29352 out following lines.
29353 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29354 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29356 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29357 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29358 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29359 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29360 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29363 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29364 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29365 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29366 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29367 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29368 multi-line comments.
29372 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29373 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29374 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29375 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29377 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29378 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29379 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29380 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29382 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29383 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29386 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29387 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29391 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29392 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29393 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29394 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29395 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29396 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29397 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29398 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29400 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29401 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29402 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29403 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29404 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29407 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29408 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29409 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29411 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29412 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29416 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29417 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29418 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29419 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29420 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29421 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29424 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29425 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29426 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29427 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29430 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29434 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29435 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29436 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29437 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29438 internal signal initializations (menu).
29440 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29441 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29442 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29444 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29445 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29446 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29447 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29448 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29449 in subsequent paste operations.)
29451 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29452 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29453 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29456 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29457 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29458 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29459 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29460 association list with formals).
29463 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29464 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29465 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29466 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29467 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29468 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29469 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29470 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29475 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29479 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29483 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29484 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29485 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29487 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29488 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29491 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29492 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29493 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29494 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29496 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29497 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29498 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29500 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29501 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29502 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29503 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29505 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29506 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29507 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29508 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29509 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29511 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29512 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29513 required by secondary units.
29516 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29517 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29518 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29519 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29520 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29521 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29522 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29523 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29524 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29525 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29526 inputs to this component -> input port created
29527 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29528 outputs from this component -> output port created
29529 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29530 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29532 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29533 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29534 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29535 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29536 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29538 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29539 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29541 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29542 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29543 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29544 component instantiation is also supported (option
29545 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29547 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29548 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29549 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29550 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29551 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29552 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29553 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29554 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29555 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29556 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29557 | generating the configuration.
29559 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29560 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29561 | configurations in speedbar.
29563 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29566 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29567 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29568 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29569 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29570 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29571 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29572 information. New compilers can be added.
29574 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29575 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29578 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29579 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29580 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29581 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29582 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29584 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29587 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29588 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29589 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29591 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29592 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29593 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29594 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29595 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29596 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29597 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29600 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29601 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29602 not (yet) supported.
29603 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29604 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29605 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29609 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29610 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29611 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29612 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29613 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29614 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29615 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29616 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29618 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29619 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29620 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29621 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29622 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29623 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29624 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29625 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29626 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29627 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29628 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29632 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29633 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29634 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29635 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29636 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29637 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29638 current directory for VHDL source files.
29642 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29643 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29647 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29648 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29649 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29650 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29651 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29652 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29653 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29654 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29657 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29658 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29659 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29660 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29661 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29662 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29663 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29665 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29666 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29667 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29668 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29669 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29670 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29672 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29673 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29674 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29675 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29676 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29679 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29680 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29681 highlighted if written in lower case.
29683 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29684 highlighted using a different background color if option
29685 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29687 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29688 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29689 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29690 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29691 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29695 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29696 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29697 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29701 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29702 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29703 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29704 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29705 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29709 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29710 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29712 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29713 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29714 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29715 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29716 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29717 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29718 (used to obtain the port names).
29722 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29723 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29727 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29728 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29729 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29730 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29731 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29732 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29733 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29738 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29739 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29740 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29741 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29742 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29744 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29745 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29746 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29747 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29748 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29751 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29752 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29756 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29757 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29758 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29760 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29764 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29765 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29767 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29769 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29771 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29775 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29781 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29782 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29784 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29786 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29787 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29788 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29789 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29791 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29792 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29793 where the latest version can be found.
29799 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29800 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29801 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29804 The VHDL Mode Authors
29805 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29816 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17806 44346))
29817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29819 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29820 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29821 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29822 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29824 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29825 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29826 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29827 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29828 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29830 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29831 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29833 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29835 * Limitations and unsupported features
29836 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29838 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29839 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29842 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29843 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29844 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29845 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29846 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29847 for undoing a repeated change command.
29848 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29849 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29850 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29853 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29854 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29855 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29856 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29857 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29858 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29859 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29860 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29862 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29868 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29869 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29870 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29871 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17851 10861))
29872 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29874 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29875 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29877 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29879 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29880 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29881 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29882 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29884 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29886 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29887 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29891 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29892 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29893 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29894 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29896 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29898 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29899 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29903 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29906 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29908 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29911 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29915 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29916 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29917 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17851
29919 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29921 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29922 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29923 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29924 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29926 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29928 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29929 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29930 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29931 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29932 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29933 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29934 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29936 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29940 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29941 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29942 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29943 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29944 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29945 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29946 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29947 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29949 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29953 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29954 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29955 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29956 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29957 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29958 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29959 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29960 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29962 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29966 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29967 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29968 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29969 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29970 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29971 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29972 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29974 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29976 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29977 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29978 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29980 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29982 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29983 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29984 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29985 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29986 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29987 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29988 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29989 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29991 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29993 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29994 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29995 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29997 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29999 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30000 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30001 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30002 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30003 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30004 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30005 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30006 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30008 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30010 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30011 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30012 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30014 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30016 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30017 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30018 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30020 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30021 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30022 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30025 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30026 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30027 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30028 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30029 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30031 H, h, ? This message.
30032 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30033 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30034 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30035 > move to the end of buffer.
30036 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30037 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30038 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30039 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30040 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30041 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30042 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30043 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30044 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30045 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30046 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30047 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30048 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30049 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30050 Use this to view a changing file.
30051 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30052 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30053 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30055 x exchanges point and mark.
30056 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30057 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30058 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30059 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30060 ' go to position saved in character register.
30061 s do forward incremental search.
30062 r do reverse incremental search.
30063 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30064 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30065 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30066 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30067 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30068 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30069 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30070 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30071 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30072 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30073 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30074 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30075 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30076 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30077 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30078 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30079 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30081 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30082 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30083 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30084 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30085 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30086 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30087 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30088 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30089 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30091 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30095 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30096 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30097 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30098 `view-return-to-alist'.
30099 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30100 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30101 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30103 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30104 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30105 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30106 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30107 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30109 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30110 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30111 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30112 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30114 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30116 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30118 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30120 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30121 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30127 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17851
30129 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30131 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30132 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30136 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30137 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30143 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30144 ;;;;;; (17852 50694))
30145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30147 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30148 Toggle Viper on/off.
30149 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30153 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30154 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30160 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30161 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
30162 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30164 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30165 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30166 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30167 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30168 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30169 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30170 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30171 the beginning of the warning.")
30173 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30174 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30175 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30176 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30177 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30178 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30179 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30180 also call that function before the next warning.")
30182 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30183 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30185 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30186 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30187 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30188 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30190 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30191 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30192 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30193 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30194 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30195 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30197 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30198 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30199 Default is :warning.
30201 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30202 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30203 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30204 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30205 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30206 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30208 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30209 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30211 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30213 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30214 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30216 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30218 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30219 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30220 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30221 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30223 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30224 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30225 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30226 can be whatever you like.)
30228 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30229 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30231 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30232 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30233 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30234 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30235 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30237 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30239 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30240 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30241 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30242 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30243 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30245 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30249 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30250 ;;;;;; (17873 19573))
30251 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30253 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30254 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30255 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30256 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30257 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30266 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17851 10865))
30267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30269 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30270 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30272 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30275 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30282 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30283 ;;;;;; (17851 10871))
30284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30285 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30286 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30288 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30290 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30291 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30292 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30293 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30294 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30295 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30297 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30299 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30300 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30301 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30302 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30304 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30311 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30312 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30313 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30314 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30315 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30316 ;;;;;; (17851 10849))
30317 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30319 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30320 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30324 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30325 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30329 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30330 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30334 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30335 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30339 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30340 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30344 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30345 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30347 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30348 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30349 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30350 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30351 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30353 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30355 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30356 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30358 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30360 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30361 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30365 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30366 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30367 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30368 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30369 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30373 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30374 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30378 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30380 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30381 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30382 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30385 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30387 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30389 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30390 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30391 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30393 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30394 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30398 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30399 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30400 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30406 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30407 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17851 10849))
30408 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30410 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30411 Browse the widget under point.
30415 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30416 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30418 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30420 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30421 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30423 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30425 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30426 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30427 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30433 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30434 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17887
30436 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30438 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30439 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30441 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30443 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30444 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30445 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30447 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30449 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30450 Create widget of TYPE.
30451 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30453 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30455 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30458 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30460 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30461 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30463 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30465 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30467 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30468 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30469 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30471 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30472 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30478 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30479 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17851
30481 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30483 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30484 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30485 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30486 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30487 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30488 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30489 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30493 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30494 Select the window above the current one.
30495 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30496 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30497 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30498 negative ARG) of the current window.
30499 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30503 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30504 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30505 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30506 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30507 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30508 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30509 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30513 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30514 Select the window below the current one.
30515 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30516 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30517 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30518 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30519 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30523 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30524 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30525 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30526 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30528 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30532 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30533 ;;;;;; (17851 10849))
30534 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30536 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30537 Toggle Winner mode.
30538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30539 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30541 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30543 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30544 Toggle Winner mode.
30545 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30551 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30552 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17851 10849))
30553 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30555 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30556 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30557 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30558 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30559 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30560 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30561 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30562 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30564 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30565 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30567 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30569 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30570 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30574 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30575 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30576 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30577 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30578 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30579 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30580 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30581 `woman' command for further details.
30583 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30587 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30588 ;;;;;; (17851 10854))
30589 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30591 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30592 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30595 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30596 are not implemented
30597 - Options for search and replace
30598 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30599 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30601 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30604 The key bindings are:
30614 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30616 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30617 C-l ws-repeat-search
30620 C-r scroll-down-line
30627 C-y kill-complete-line
30630 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30631 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30632 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30633 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30634 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30635 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30636 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30637 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30638 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30639 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30640 C-k b ws-begin-block
30641 C-k c ws-copy-block
30642 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30644 C-k h ws-show-markers
30645 C-k i ws-indent-block
30647 C-k p ws-print-block
30650 C-k s save-some-buffers
30652 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30653 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30654 C-k v ws-move-block
30655 C-k w ws-write-block
30657 C-k y ws-delete-block
30659 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30660 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30661 C-o j justify-current-line
30664 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30665 C-o r set-fill-column
30666 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30667 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30668 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30669 C-o wo other-window
30670 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30672 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30673 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30674 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30675 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30676 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30677 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30678 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30679 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30680 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30681 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30682 C-q a ws-query-replace
30683 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30684 C-q c end-of-buffer
30687 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30689 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30690 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30691 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30692 C-q w ws-last-error
30694 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30700 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30701 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
30702 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30704 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30705 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30706 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30707 Returns the top node with all its children.
30708 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30709 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30711 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30713 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30714 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30715 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30716 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30717 is not well-formed XML.
30718 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30719 and returned as the first element of the list.
30720 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30722 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30726 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17851
30728 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30730 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30731 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30732 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30733 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30734 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30735 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30737 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30739 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30740 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30741 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30743 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30744 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30745 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30746 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30747 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30748 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30754 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30755 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17851 10860))
30756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30758 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30759 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30761 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30763 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30764 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30770 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30771 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17851 10866))
30772 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30774 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30775 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30777 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30779 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30780 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30782 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30784 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30785 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30786 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30788 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30790 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30791 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30797 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17851 10866))
30798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30800 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30801 Zone out, completely.
30807 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30835 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30836 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30837 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30838 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30839 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30840 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30841 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30842 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30843 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30844 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30845 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30846 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30847 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30848 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30849 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30850 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30851 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30852 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30853 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30854 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30855 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30856 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30857 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30858 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30859 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30860 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30861 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30862 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30863 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30864 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30865 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30866 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30867 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30868 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30869 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30870 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30871 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30872 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30873 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30874 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30875 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30876 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30877 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30878 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30879 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30880 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30881 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30882 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30883 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30884 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30885 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30886 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30887 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30888 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30889 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30890 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30891 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30892 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30893 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30894 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30895 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30896 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30897 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30898 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30899 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30900 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30901 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30902 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30903 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30904 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30905 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30906 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30907 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30908 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30909 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30910 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30911 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30912 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30913 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30914 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30915 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30916 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30917 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30918 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30919 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30920 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30921 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30922 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30923 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30924 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30925 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30926 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30927 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30928 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30929 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30930 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30931 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30932 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30933 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30934 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30935 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30936 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30937 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17887 8772 360075))
30941 ;; Local Variables:
30942 ;; version-control: never
30943 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30944 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30946 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here